WO2023013709A1 - Resin composition, resin sheet, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board - Google Patents

Resin composition, resin sheet, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023013709A1
WO2023013709A1 PCT/JP2022/029869 JP2022029869W WO2023013709A1 WO 2023013709 A1 WO2023013709 A1 WO 2023013709A1 JP 2022029869 W JP2022029869 W JP 2022029869W WO 2023013709 A1 WO2023013709 A1 WO 2023013709A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
mass
epoxy
thermosetting
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/029869
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
克哉 富澤
翔平 山口
尚義 金子
博史 高橋
Original Assignee
三菱瓦斯化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 filed Critical 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社
Priority to KR1020237044357A priority Critical patent/KR20240040058A/en
Priority to CN202280054397.5A priority patent/CN117795016A/en
Priority to JP2023540402A priority patent/JPWO2023013709A1/ja
Publication of WO2023013709A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023013709A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • C08G59/20Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing characterised by the epoxy compounds used
    • C08G59/22Di-epoxy compounds
    • C08G59/30Di-epoxy compounds containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen
    • C08G59/306Di-epoxy compounds containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen containing silicon
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • C08G59/40Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing characterised by the curing agents used
    • C08G59/62Alcohols or phenols
    • C08G59/621Phenols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/24Impregnating materials with prepolymers which can be polymerised in situ, e.g. manufacture of prepregs
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/01Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients characterized by their specific function
    • C08K3/013Fillers, pigments or reinforcing additives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/10Metal compounds
    • C08K3/11Compounds containing metals of Groups 4 to 10 or of Groups 14 to 16 of the Periodic Table
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/18Oxygen-containing compounds, e.g. metal carbonyls
    • C08K3/24Acids; Salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L63/00Compositions of epoxy resins; Compositions of derivatives of epoxy resins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/085Unsaturated polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L83/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L83/04Polysiloxanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L83/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L83/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08L83/08Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate
    • H05K1/0313Organic insulating material
    • H05K1/0353Organic insulating material consisting of two or more materials, e.g. two or more polymers, polymer + filler, + reinforcement

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to resin compositions, resin sheets, prepregs, metal foil-clad laminates, and printed wiring boards.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a resin composition for printed wiring boards containing a molybdenum compound. Moreover, it is described that the resin composition may contain silicone powder.
  • the cured product obtained using the resin composition described in Patent Document 1 is hard and has poor dischargeability of cutting chips (chips) generated during drilling.
  • chips cutting chips
  • the inner diameter of the machined hole becomes uneven due to wear of the drill bit, and furthermore, delamination occurs due to the unevenness of the inner diameter.
  • the present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and includes a resin composition that is suitably used for producing a resin sheet and a prepreg that are excellent in drillability, and a resin sheet that is obtained using the resin composition. , prepregs, metal foil-clad laminates, and printed wiring boards.
  • molybdenum compound (A) at least one group selected from the group consisting of a maleimide group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, a vinyl group, a hydroxy group, and a (meth)acrylic group, and polysiloxane a thermosetting compound (B) comprising a structure, a thermosetting resin (C) different from the thermosetting compound (B), an inorganic filler (D) different from the molybdenum compound (A),
  • a resin composition comprising:
  • the molybdenum compound (A) is molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, ammonium molybdate, sodium molybdate, potassium molybdate, calcium molybdate, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum trioxide, molybdenum hydrate, and molybdenum
  • thermosetting compound (B) contains the maleimide group.
  • thermosetting compound (B) contains at least structural units derived from an amino-modified silicone and structural units derived from a maleimide compound. Composition.
  • thermosetting compound (B) is a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least an amino-modified silicone, a maleimide compound, and a carboxylic acid and/or a carboxylic acid anhydride, [1]- The resin composition according to any one of [4].
  • R a each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a phenyl group
  • each R b independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group
  • n is represents an integer from 1 to 100).
  • the molybdenum compound (A) includes molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, ammonium molybdate, sodium molybdate, potassium molybdate, calcium molybdate, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum trioxide, molybdenum hydrate, and molybdenum. containing at least one selected from the group consisting of zinc acid ammonium hydrate, the thermosetting compound (B) containing the maleimide group, and the thermosetting compound (B) containing at least an amino-modified silicone and a structural unit derived from a maleimide compound, wherein the amino-modified silicone comprises an amino-modified silicone represented by the following formula (1): .
  • R a each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a phenyl group; each R b independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group; n is represents an integer from 1 to 100).
  • thermosetting compound (B) contains the epoxy group and/or the hydroxy group.
  • thermosetting compound (B) contains at least a structural unit derived from alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from epoxy-modified silicone, and a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone.
  • the resin composition according to any one of [1], [2], and [8].
  • thermosetting compound (B) is a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least an alkenylphenol, an epoxy-modified silicone, and an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone, [1], [ 2], [8], and the resin composition according to any one of [9].
  • each R 1 independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, or an aralkylene group
  • each R 2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.
  • n is an integer from 0 to 100).
  • the molybdenum compound (A) contains molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, ammonium molybdate, sodium molybdate, potassium molybdate, calcium molybdate, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum trioxide, molybdic acid hydrate, and molybdenum.
  • thermosetting compound (B) containing the epoxy group and/or the hydroxy group containing at least one selected from the group consisting of ammonium zincate hydrate, the thermosetting compound (B) containing the epoxy group and/or the hydroxy group, and the thermosetting compound (B) containing further comprising at least a structural unit derived from an alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from an epoxy-modified silicone, and a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone, wherein the epoxy-modified silicone has the following formula ( The resin composition according to [1], which contains the epoxy-modified silicone represented by 2).
  • each R 1 independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, or an aralkylene group; each R 2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group; and n is an integer from 0 to 100).
  • thermosetting resin (C) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds, and epoxy resins, [1] to [ 12], the resin composition according to any one of the above.
  • thermosetting resin (C) contains a maleimide compound.
  • the maleimide compound is bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl )
  • the resin composition according to [14] which contains at least one selected from the group consisting of methane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), and a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (4): .
  • each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.).
  • each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.).
  • At least the inorganic filler (D) is selected from the group consisting of silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide.
  • the content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C).
  • thermosetting compound (B) is 5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C).
  • thermosetting resin (C) is 5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C).
  • thermosetting resin (C) The content of the thermosetting resin (C) is 50 to 95 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). [1] The resin composition according to any one of [19].
  • the content of the inorganic filler (D) is 40 to 600 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). 1] The resin composition according to any one of [20].
  • the thermosetting resin (C) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds, and epoxy resins, and the thermosetting resin (C) contains a maleimide compound, and the maleimide compound is bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5 -methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (4), and a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (9).
  • the inorganic filler (D) is selected from silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide.
  • the content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) .1 to 30 parts by mass, and the content of the thermosetting compound (B) is 5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) 50 parts by mass, and the content of the thermosetting resin (C) is 50 to 95 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). and the content of the inorganic filler (D) is 40 to 600 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C), [ 7].
  • each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.).
  • each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.).
  • the thermosetting resin (C) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds, and epoxy resins, and the thermosetting resin (C) contains a maleimide compound, and the maleimide compound is bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5 -methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (4), and a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (9).
  • the inorganic filler (D) is selected from silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide.
  • the content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) .1 to 30 parts by mass, and the content of the thermosetting compound (B) is 5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) 50 parts by mass,
  • the content of the thermosetting resin (C) is 50 to 95 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C), and the inorganic filling
  • the content of the material (D) is 40 to 600 parts by mass with respect to the total 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C).
  • each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.).
  • each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.).
  • a prepreg comprising a base material and the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [23] impregnated or applied to the base material.
  • a metal foil-clad laminate comprising a laminate formed of the resin sheet described in [24] and a metal foil disposed on one side or both sides of the laminate.
  • a metal foil clad laminate comprising a laminate formed of the prepreg described in [25] and a metal foil disposed on one side or both sides of the laminate.
  • a metal foil clad laminate comprising a laminate formed of the resin sheet of [24] and the prepreg of [25], and a metal foil disposed on one or both sides of the laminate. board.
  • a metal foil clad laminate comprising:
  • resin composition of the present invention it is possible to provide resin sheets, prepregs, metal foil-clad laminates, and printed wiring boards that are excellent in drillability.
  • this embodiment the form for carrying out the present invention (hereinafter referred to as "this embodiment") will be described in detail.
  • the following embodiments are examples for explaining the present invention, and are not intended to limit the present invention to the following contents.
  • the present invention can be appropriately modified and implemented within the scope of the gist thereof.
  • (Meth)acryl in this specification means both “acryl” and “methacryl” corresponding thereto.
  • the "resin solid content” or “resin solid content in the resin composition” refers to the components of the resin composition excluding additives, solvents, and fillers.
  • the phrase “100 parts by mass of resin solids” means that the total amount of components in the resin composition excluding additives, solvents, and fillers is 100 parts by mass.
  • “100% by mass of resin solid content” means that the total amount of components excluding additives, solvents, and fillers in the resin composition is 100% by mass.
  • a molybdenum compound (A) and an inorganic filler (D) are contained in a filler.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment includes a molybdenum compound (A) and at least one selected from the group consisting of a maleimide group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, a vinyl group, a hydroxy group, and a (meth)acrylic group.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment contains a molybdenum compound (A).
  • a molybdenum compound (A) By including the molybdenum compound (A) in the resin composition, the drillability of resin sheets, prepregs, metal foil-clad laminates, etc. obtained using the resin composition is improved, and good hole quality is achieved. can be obtained, and the life of drilling can be extended.
  • the present inventors presume as follows about the reason why the resin sheet, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and the like have excellent drillability by using the resin composition of the present embodiment. That is, due to the lubricity exhibited by the molybdenum compound (A) and the mold-releasing action derived from the polysiloxane structure of the thermosetting compound (B), the chips generated during drilling do not form lumps, etc., and are smooth. discharged to In addition, the cured product obtained by curing the molybdenum compound (A), the thermosetting compound (B), the thermosetting resin (C), and the inorganic filler (D) has excellent thermal stability. have.
  • the molybdenum compound (A) and the thermosetting compound (B) that make up the hardened material do not thermally decompose, and the gap between the cutting edge of the tool and the workpiece to be cut does not decompose. It is possible to maintain the lubricating action that reduces the frictional force and the releasing action that discharges chips. As a result, it is possible to prevent wear and breakage of the drill bit caused by the drill bit stepping on chips such as clumps. In addition, it is presumed that the synergistic effect of these factors improves the biting ability of the drill bit to the workpiece, and improves the centripetal property of the drill bit, thereby improving the hole position accuracy.
  • the molybdenum compound (A) is not particularly limited as long as it contains molybdenum in its molecule.
  • molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, and zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate are preferable because they do not act as an organometallic catalyst and because better drill workability and thermal stability can be obtained.
  • the form of the molybdenum compound (A) when blended into the resin composition is not particularly limited, and it may be singly (unsupported type).
  • the molybdenum compound-unsupported type refers to a form of a molybdenum compound alone, in which no inorganic oxide or the like is formed on at least a part of the surface of the core particles made of the molybdenum compound.
  • the average particle size (D50) of the molybdenum compound (non-supported type) is preferably 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 8 ⁇ m, from the viewpoint of dispersibility in the resin composition and drill workability. , more preferably 1 to 4 ⁇ m, still more preferably 1 to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the average particle diameter (D50) means the median diameter, and is a value in which the larger side and the smaller side are equal when the measured particle size distribution of the powder is divided into two.
  • the average particle size (D50) is obtained by measuring the particle size distribution of a powder put in a predetermined amount in a dispersion medium with a laser diffraction scattering type particle size distribution measuring device, and 50% of the total volume by volume integration from small particles. means the value when it reaches
  • the molybdenum compound (A) may be surface-treated molybdenum particles (supported type) in which an inorganic oxide is formed on at least part of the surface of core particles made of a molybdenum compound.
  • the inorganic oxide may be applied to at least part of the surface of the core particles.
  • the inorganic oxide may be partially applied to the surfaces of the core particles, or may be applied so as to cover the entire surfaces of the core particles. From the viewpoint of both drilling workability and heat resistance, the inorganic oxide is uniformly applied so as to cover the entire surface of the core particle, that is, the inorganic oxide film is uniformly formed on the surface of the core particle. preferably.
  • Examples of the surface-treated molybdenum particles (supported type) include those obtained by surface-treating the molybdenum compound particles described above using a silane coupling agent, or those obtained by a method such as a sol-gel method or a liquid phase deposition method. Examples include those obtained by treating the surface with an inorganic oxide.
  • the inorganic oxide acts effectively against heat, and the molybdenum compound acts effectively against drilling. Therefore, it is possible to achieve a high degree of compatibility between the two contradictory properties of drillability and heat resistance.
  • the inorganic oxide one having excellent heat resistance is preferable, and the type thereof is not particularly limited, but a metal oxide is more preferable.
  • metal oxides include SiO2 , Al2O3 , TiO2 , ZnO, In2O3 , SnO2 , NiO, CoO, V2O5 , CuO, MgO , and ZrO2 . These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate. Among these, it is selected from the group consisting of silica (SiO 2 ), titania (TiO 2 ), alumina (Al 2 O 3 ), and zirconia (ZrO 2 ) in terms of heat resistance, insulating properties, cost, etc. At least one is preferred, and silica is more preferred.
  • an inorganic oxide is applied to at least part of the surface or all of the surface of the core particle made of the molybdenum compound, that is, at least part of or all of the outer periphery of the core particle.
  • silica is added as an inorganic oxide to at least part of the surface or all of the surface of the core particles made of the molybdenum compound, i.e., at least part of or all of the outer periphery of the core particles.
  • the core particles are at least one selected from the group consisting of molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, and zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate.
  • the thickness of the inorganic oxide on the surface can be appropriately set according to the desired performance, and is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness is preferably 3 to 500 nm from the viewpoints of forming a uniform inorganic oxide film, exhibiting the effect of improving drillability more remarkably, and imparting higher heat resistance. , more preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 15 to 100 nm.
  • the average particle diameter (D50) of the surface-treated molybdenum particles is preferably 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 8 ⁇ m, from the viewpoint of dispersibility in the resin composition and drillability, It is more preferably 1 to 4 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 1 to 3 ⁇ m.
  • Core particles made of a molybdenum compound can be produced by various known methods such as pulverization and granulation, and the production method is not particularly limited. Moreover, you may use the commercial item.
  • the method for producing the surface-treated molybdenum particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a sol-gel method, a liquid phase deposition method, a dip coating method, a spray coating method, a printing method, an electroless plating method, a sputtering method, a vapor deposition method, and an ion plating method. , and CVD, etc., to provide the inorganic oxide or its precursor to the surface of the core particles made of the molybdenum compound, thereby obtaining the surface-treated molybdenum particles.
  • the method of applying the inorganic oxide or its precursor to the surface of the core particles made of the molybdenum compound may be either a wet method or a dry method.
  • a molybdenum compound for example, a molybdenum compound (core particles) is dispersed in an alcohol solution in which a metal alkoxide such as silicon alkoxide (alkoxysilane) or aluminum alkoxide is dissolved, and water and alcohol are mixed with stirring. and a mixed solution of the catalyst is added dropwise to hydrolyze the alkoxide to form a film such as silicon oxide or aluminum oxide as a low refractive index film on the surface of the compound, after which the obtained powder is solid-liquid separated, A method of performing heat treatment after vacuum drying may be mentioned.
  • a metal alkoxide such as silicon alkoxide (alkoxysilane) or aluminum alkoxide
  • a molybdenum compound (core particles) is dispersed in an alcohol solution in which a metal alkoxide such as silicon alkoxide or aluminum alkoxide is dissolved, and mixed under high temperature and low pressure to form the compound surface.
  • a metal alkoxide such as silicon alkoxide or aluminum alkoxide
  • a method of forming a film of silicon oxide, aluminum oxide, or the like, then vacuum-drying the obtained powder, and pulverizing may be mentioned.
  • molybdenum particles having a coating of metal oxide such as silica or alumina on the surface of the molybdenum compound can be obtained.
  • the content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) described below and the thermosetting resin (C) described below. It is preferably from 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.3 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably from 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment comprises at least one group selected from the group consisting of maleimide groups, amino groups, epoxy groups, carboxyl groups, vinyl groups, hydroxy groups, and (meth)acrylic groups, and a polysiloxane structure. and a thermosetting compound (B) containing.
  • thermosetting compounds (B) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
  • the thermosetting compound (B) has a polysiloxane skeleton in which siloxane bonds are repeatedly formed in the molecule, and includes a maleimide group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, a vinyl group, a hydroxy group, and a (meth)acrylic There is no particular limitation as long as it has at least one group selected from the group consisting of groups.
  • the thermosetting compound (B) exhibits good reactivity with the thermosetting resin (C) described below, and has excellent compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C).
  • the polysiloxane skeleton may be a linear skeleton, a cyclic skeleton, or a network skeleton.
  • thermosetting compound (B) has, at both ends in the molecule, at least Having one group is preferred. Both terminal groups in the molecule may be the same or different, but are preferably the same because the curing reaction is easily controlled and the handling is facilitated.
  • thermosetting compound (B) is preferably liquid at a temperature of 23° C., or has a solubility of 1% by mass or more in methyl ethyl ketone at a temperature of 23° C., and more Preferably, it is 5% by mass or more.
  • solubility in methyl ethyl ketone is defined as "(total amount of thermosetting compound (B)/(total amount of thermosetting compound (B) + total amount of solvent)) x 100 (% by mass)" .
  • the total amount of 1 g or more of the thermosetting compound (B) is evaluated to dissolve in 99 g of methyl ethyl ketone because the solubility of the thermosetting compound (B) in methyl ethyl ketone is "1% by mass. or more”, and the solubility is evaluated as not high when the solubility is “less than 1% by mass”.
  • thermosetting compound containing a maleimide group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more maleimide groups and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule.
  • thermosetting compound containing an amino group and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more amino groups and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule.
  • thermosetting compound containing an epoxy group and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more epoxy groups and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule.
  • thermosetting compound containing a carboxyl group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more carboxyl groups and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule.
  • thermosetting compound containing a vinyl group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more vinyl groups and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule.
  • thermosetting compound containing a hydroxy group and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more hydroxy groups and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule.
  • thermosetting compound containing a (meth)acrylic group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more (meth)acrylic groups and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule. .
  • thermosetting compound (B) is preferably a thermosetting compound containing a maleimide group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule.
  • thermosetting compound (B) from the viewpoint of precisely controlling the compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C) and maintaining the viscosity of the thermosetting compound (B) low and improving the moldability , a thermosetting compound containing an epoxy group and/or a hydroxy group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule is preferred.
  • a thermosetting compound containing an epoxy group, a hydroxy group, and a polysiloxane structure if it has one or more epoxy groups in the molecule, one or more hydroxy groups in the molecule, and a polysiloxane structure , is not particularly limited.
  • thermosetting compound (B) is excellent due to the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of exhibiting excellent heat resistance and chemical resistance, the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin described later It is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 45 parts by mass, even more preferably 15 to 40 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass in total with (C).
  • the total content of the polymers (B1) and (B2) described later is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, relative to 100% by mass of the resin solid content. More preferably, 15 to 40% by mass is even more preferable.
  • the content is within the above range, it tends to be more excellent in the releasing action of discharging chips, and to exhibit more excellent compatibility, low thermal expansion, and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner.
  • thermosetting compound (B1) The thermosetting compound (B) is composed of at least an amino-modified silicone from the viewpoint of improving the reactivity between the components constituting the thermosetting compound (B) and the compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C). It is preferably a thermosetting compound (B1) containing a unit and a structural unit derived from a maleimide compound.
  • the terms “structural unit derived from amino-modified silicone” and “structural unit derived from maleimide compound” refer to each component of the amino-modified silicone and maleimide compound in the thermosetting compound (B1).
  • a structural unit formed by a reaction or the like that can give a similar structural unit is included.
  • thermosetting compound (B1) is one type (specific example) of the thermosetting compound (B1), and the amino-modified silicone and maleimide compound can be referred to later.
  • the content of structural units derived from amino-modified silicone is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, based on 100% by mass of all structural units in the thermosetting compound (B1). and more preferably 15 to 45% by mass.
  • the content of structural units derived from the maleimide compound is preferably 30 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass, based on 100% by mass of all structural units in the thermosetting compound (B1). Yes, more preferably 55 to 85% by mass.
  • the amine value in the thermosetting compound (B1) is preferably 2.0 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 1.0 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 0.5 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the amine value is the total amount of primary amine and secondary amine.
  • the release effect of discharging cutting chips is excellent, and the increase in the viscosity of the resin composition, the increase in the molecular weight, the gelation of the varnish, and the increase in the prepreg viscosity tend to be suppressed. It is in.
  • the smaller the amine value the more likely it is that an increase in the viscosity of the resin composition and an increase in the molecular weight can be suppressed.
  • the lower limit of the amine value is preferably 0 mgKOH/g. Amine value is measured by a method based on JIS K 7237:1995.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the thermosetting compound (B1) is preferably 5,000 to 20,000, more preferably 10,000 to 15,000. When the weight-average molecular weight is 5,000 or more, the thermal expansion coefficient of the prepreg tends to decrease. increase in molecular weight, gelation of varnish, and increase in prepreg viscosity.
  • reaction conditions such as temperature and time in preparing the thermosetting compound (B1) may be controlled.
  • the weight average molecular weight can be obtained as a value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and converted using a standard polystyrene calibration curve. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples described later.
  • thermosetting compound (B) contains at least an amino-modified silicone, a maleimide compound, a carboxylic acid and/or or a carboxylic acid anhydride, and the polymer (B1) obtained by polymerizing is preferred.
  • the polymer (B1) contains at least structural units derived from an amino-modified silicone and structural units derived from a maleimide compound.
  • the amino-modified silicone is not particularly limited as long as it is a silicone having one or more amino groups in the molecule, but is preferably a silicone having two or more amino groups in the molecule, and has the following formula ( More preferably, it contains an amino-modified silicone represented by 1). Since the thermosetting compound (B1) or polymer (B1) contains structural units derived from amino-modified silicone, it is excellent in releasing action to discharge chips and can exhibit excellent compatibility. Amino-modified silicone can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
  • each R a independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a phenyl group.
  • Each R b independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group.
  • n represents an integer of 1-100.
  • alkyl groups include linear alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, and hexyl; branched alkyl groups such as isopropyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl. is mentioned. Among these, a methyl group is preferred.
  • Rb is preferably an alkylene group.
  • Alkylene groups include, for example, methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, and tetramethylene groups. Further, the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms in its main chain, more preferably a trimethylene group.
  • Arylene groups include, for example, phenyl groups, naphthyl groups, indenyl groups, biphenyl groups, and anthryl groups.
  • the amino group equivalent of the amino-modified silicone is preferably 130-6000 g/mol, more preferably 500-3000 g/mol, still more preferably 600-2500 g/mol.
  • An amino group equivalent is measured by a method based on JIS K 7237:1995.
  • Amino-modified silicone may be a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method.
  • Commercial products of amino-modified silicone include "X-22-161A” (amino group equivalent: 800 g/mol) and “X-22-161B” (amino group equivalent: 1500 g/mol) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. ), and “KF-8010” (amino group equivalent: 430 g/mol).
  • maleimide compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one or more maleimide groups in the molecule.
  • the number of maleimide groups in the maleimide compound is preferably 2 or more.
  • maleimide compounds include N-phenylmaleimide, N-hydroxyphenylmaleimide, bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3, 5-dimethyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, bis(3,5-diethyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis( 4-maleimidobenzoate), maleimide compounds represented by formula (4), maleimide compounds represented by formula (9), prepolymers of these maleimide compounds, and prepolymers of maleimide compounds and amine compounds
  • bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, poly It preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of tetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), a maleimide compound represented by formula (4), and a maleimide compound represented by formula (9), More preferably, it contains 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane.
  • each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • R5 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the upper limit of n1 is preferably 10, more preferably 7.
  • each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1-10.
  • maleimide compound A commercially available product or a preparation prepared by a known method may be used as the maleimide compound.
  • Commercially available maleimide compounds include "BMI-70", “BMI-80” and “BMI-1000P” manufactured by KI Kasei Co., Ltd., and "BMI-3000” and “ BMI-4000", “BMI-5100", “BMI-7000", and “BMI-2300”, and Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. product "MIR-3000-70MT".
  • Carboxylic acid and carboxylic anhydride Carboxylic acid is not particularly limited, but preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of maleic acid, phthalic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid, maleic acid, It is more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of phthalic acid, succinic acid and acetic acid, and more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of maleic acid, phthalic acid and succinic acid. .
  • the carboxylic anhydride is not particularly limited, but is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, acetic anhydride, and propionic anhydride, maleic anhydride, It is more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and acetic anhydride, and at least one selected from the group consisting of maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, and succinic anhydride. is more preferable.
  • a monovalent carboxylic acid and/or a monovalent carboxylic acid anhydride, or a divalent carboxylic acid and/or a divalent carboxylic acid anhydride are preferred, and a divalent carboxylic acid and/or or a divalent carboxylic acid anhydride is more preferred.
  • the carboxylic acid and/or carboxylic anhydride is a monovalent carboxylic acid and/or monovalent carboxylic anhydride by being a divalent carboxylic acid and/or divalent carboxylic anhydride respectively Compared to the case, there is a tendency to obtain a cured product that is excellent due to the mold release action that discharges shavings.
  • Carboxylic acid and carboxylic anhydride can be used singly or in appropriate combination of two or more. Carboxylic acid and carboxylic anhydride may be used alone or in combination.
  • the carboxylic anhydride is superior in reactivity, it tends to favorably suppress the reactivity of the polymer (B1) by reacting with the amino group in the polymer (B1).
  • the resin composition containing the polymer (B1) and the prepreg have excellent storage stability (for example, suppression of increase in viscosity of the resin composition, increase in molecular weight, gelation of varnish, and increase in prepreg viscosity).
  • the moldability tends to be excellent when mixed with the thermosetting resin (C).
  • the content of structural units derived from amino-modified silicone in the polymer (B1) is preferably 15 to 60% by mass, more preferably 100% by mass of all structural units in the polymer (B1). It is 20 to 55% by mass, more preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the maleimide compound in the polymer (B1) is preferably 35 to 75% by mass, more preferably 40%, based on 100% by mass of all structural units in the polymer (B1). 70 mass %, more preferably 44 to 65 mass %.
  • the content (total content) of structural units derived from carboxylic acid and/or carboxylic anhydride in the polymer (B1) is preferably It is 0.1 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.5 to 7 mass %, still more preferably 1 to 6 mass %.
  • thermosetting compound (B1) or polymer (B1) The method for producing the thermosetting compound (B1) or polymer (B1) is not particularly limited, but an amino-modified silicone and a maleimide compound are reacted.
  • a first reaction step (hereinafter simply referred to as “first reaction step”) to obtain a primary polymer
  • a second reaction step hereinafter simply referred to as “second It is preferable to have a thermosetting compound (B1) or a polymer (B1) having better storage stability.
  • the amount of the amino-modified silicone compounded is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, based on the total 100% by mass of the amino-modified silicone and the maleimide compound. , more preferably 15 to 45% by mass.
  • the amount of the maleimide compound compounded is preferably 30 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass, based on the total 100% by mass of the amino-modified silicone and the maleimide compound, More preferably, it is 55 to 85% by mass.
  • the compounding ratio of the maleimide compound to the amino-modified silicone is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.0 to 2.5, and even more preferably 1.0 to 2.5, on a mass basis. 1.0 to 2.0.
  • the productivity of the thermosetting compound (B1) or the polymer (B1) tends to be excellent.
  • the reaction temperature in the first reaction step is not particularly limited as long as the reaction between the amino-modified silicone and the maleimide compound proceeds, but is preferably 50 to 200°C, more preferably 100 to 150°C. .
  • the viscosity of the primary polymer obtained in the first reaction step, which is subjected to the second reaction step, is the thermosetting compound (B1) or polymer (B1) having superior storage stability, so that the solvent At a concentration of 50% containing, it is preferably 100 to 500 mPa s, more preferably 150 mPa s to 400 mPa s.
  • the measurement method of the viscosity of a primary polymer can be measured using a general viscometer. For example, it can be measured using a cone-plate viscometer (eg, ICI viscometer).
  • the total amount ratio of the carboxylic acid and the carboxylic acid anhydride to the amino-modified silicone is preferably 0.01 to 0.4, more preferably 0.01 to 0.01, on a mass basis. 0.2, more preferably 0.02 to 0.1.
  • the blending ratio is within the above range, the storage stability of the polymer (B1) tends to be more excellent.
  • the reaction temperature in the second reaction step is preferably 50-200°C, more preferably 100-150°C.
  • the reaction time is preferably 0.5 to 5 hours, more preferably 1.5 to 3.5 hours.
  • the amino-modified silicone, the maleimide compound, and the carboxylic acid and/or carboxylic acid anhydride may be reacted at the same time. That is, the first reaction step and the second reaction step may be performed simultaneously.
  • a solvent may be used in the first and second steps.
  • solvents include ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl cellosolve; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; amides such as dimethylformamide; propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and acetate thereof.
  • a solvent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
  • thermosetting compound (B2) From the viewpoint of precisely controlling the compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C) and improving the moldability by keeping the viscosity of the thermosetting compound (B) low, the thermosetting compound (B) has at least A thermosetting compound (B2) containing a structural unit derived from alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from epoxy-modified silicone, and a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than epoxy-modified silicone is preferred. Moreover, the thermosetting compound (B2) may further contain a structural unit derived from a phenol compound other than alkenylphenol, if necessary.
  • the polymer (B2) described below is a type (specific example) of the thermosetting compound (B2), and the alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone, epoxy compounds other than epoxy-modified silicone, and phenol compounds other than alkenylphenol are See below.
  • the content of structural units derived from alkenylphenol is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, relative to the total mass of the thermosetting compound (B2). More preferably, it is up to 40% by mass.
  • this structural unit is within the above range, it tends to be excellent in the releasing action of discharging shavings and exhibit even better compatibility.
  • the content of structural units derived from epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 20 to 60% by mass, more preferably 25 to 55% by mass, relative to the total mass in the thermosetting compound (B2). , more preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
  • the cured product of the resin composition is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and tends to exhibit even better low thermal expansion and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner. It is in.
  • the constituent units derived from epoxy-modified silicone are an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of 50 to 350 g/mol (hereinafter also referred to as “low equivalent epoxy-modified silicone”) and an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of 400 to 4000 g/mol. Structural units derived from silicone (hereinafter also referred to as “high equivalent weight epoxy-modified silicone”) are preferred.
  • the content of structural units derived from the low-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 7.5 to 20% by mass, relative to the total mass in the thermosetting compound (B2). is more preferable, and 10 to 17% by mass is even more preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the high-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 15 to 55% by mass, more preferably 20 to 52.5% by mass, relative to the total mass in the thermosetting compound (B2). is more preferable, and 25 to 50% by mass is even more preferable.
  • the mass ratio of the content of structural units derived from the high equivalent epoxy-modified silicone to the content of the structural units derived from the low equivalent epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 1.5 to 4, and 1.7 to 3.5. is more preferable, and 1.9 to 3.1 is even more preferable. When this mass ratio is within the above range, it tends to be more excellent in the release action of discharging chips, and more excellent compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability can be exhibited.
  • the content of structural units derived from epoxy compounds other than epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 30% by mass, relative to the total mass in the thermosetting compound (B2). is preferred, and 15 to 20% by mass is more preferred.
  • the content of this structural unit is within the above range, it tends to be excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and can exhibit even better compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability. .
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the epoxy-modified silicone is 5 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the structural unit derived from the epoxy-modified silicone and the structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone. 10 to 90% by mass is more preferable, 15 to 60% by mass is even more preferable, and 20 to 50% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the content of structural units derived from epoxy compounds other than epoxy-modified silicone is 5 to 95% by mass based on the total mass of structural units derived from epoxy-modified silicone and structural units derived from epoxy compounds other than epoxy-modified silicone. is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 40 to 85% by mass, and particularly preferably 50 to 80% by mass. When the contents of these structural units have the above relationship, the mold release action for discharging shavings is excellent, and the compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability tend to be further improved. It is in.
  • the content of structural units derived from phenolic compounds other than alkenylphenol is preferably 5 to 30% by mass, preferably 10 to 27.5% by mass, based on the total mass in the thermosetting compound (B2). preferably 10 to 25% by mass.
  • the cured product of the resin composition tends to be excellent in the releasing action of discharging chips, and can exhibit even better adhesion to the copper foil.
  • the alkenyl group equivalent in the thermosetting resin (B2) is preferably 300-1500 g/mol, preferably 350-1200 g/mol, and more preferably 400-1000 g/mol.
  • the alkenyl group equivalent is 300 g/mol or more, the elastic modulus of the cured product of the resin composition tends to be further reduced, and as a result, the thermal expansion of the substrate obtained using the cured product is further reduced. tend to be able.
  • the alkenyl group equivalent is 1500 g/mol or less, the releasing action of discharging chips is excellent, and the compatibility, chemical resistance, and insulation reliability of the resin composition tend to be further improved.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the thermosetting resin (B2) is preferably 3.0 ⁇ 10 3 to 5.0 ⁇ 10 4 , more preferably 3.0 ⁇ 10 3 to 2 in terms of polystyrene in the GPC method. 0 ⁇ 10 4 is more preferred.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the coefficient of thermal expansion of the prepreg tends to decrease
  • the weight-average molecular weight is 5.0 ⁇ 10 4 or less
  • a separator for discharging cutting chips is formed. It tends to be excellent in forming action, and can suppress increase in viscosity of the resin composition, increase in molecular weight, gelation of varnish, and increase in prepreg viscosity.
  • thermosetting compound (B2) is obtained by polymerizing at least an alkenylphenol, an epoxy-modified silicone, and an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone for the reason that the compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C) is further excellent. It is preferable that the polymer (B2) obtained by Further, the polymer (B2) is more preferably a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least an alkenylphenol, an epoxy-modified silicone, an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone, and a phenol compound other than the alkenylphenol. preferable.
  • the polymer (B2) contains at least a structural unit derived from alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from epoxy-modified silicone, and a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than epoxy-modified silicone.
  • Alkenylphenol is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a structure in which one or more alkenyl groups are directly bonded to a phenolic aromatic ring. Since the thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) contains structural units derived from alkenylphenol, it is excellent in the release action of discharging chips and can exhibit excellent compatibility.
  • the alkenyl group includes, for example, alkenyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms such as vinyl group, allyl group, propenyl group, butenyl group and hexenyl group.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably an allyl group and/or a propenyl group, more preferably an allyl group, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment.
  • the number of alkenyl groups directly bonded to one phenolic aromatic ring is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 1-4.
  • the number of alkenyl groups directly bonded to one phenolic aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 2, more preferably 1, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment.
  • the bonding position of the alkenyl group to the phenolic aromatic ring is not particularly limited.
  • a phenolic aromatic ring is one in which one or more hydroxyl groups are directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and includes phenol rings and naphthol rings.
  • the number of hydroxyl groups directly bonded to one phenolic aromatic ring is, for example, 1 to 2, preferably 1.
  • the phenolic aromatic ring may have substituents other than alkenyl groups.
  • substituents include linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, cyclic alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A chain alkoxy group, a branched alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and a halogen atom.
  • the number of said substituents directly bonded to one phenolic aromatic ring is, for example, 1-2.
  • the bonding position of the substituent to the phenolic aromatic ring is not particularly limited.
  • Alkenylphenol may have one or more structures in which one or more alkenyl groups are directly bonded to a phenolic aromatic ring. From the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment, alkenylphenol preferably has one or two structures in which one or more alkenyl groups are directly bonded to a phenolic aromatic ring, and has two is preferred.
  • the alkenylphenol may be, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (1A) or the following formula (1B).
  • Rxa each independently represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms
  • Rxb each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom
  • Rxc is Each independently represents an aromatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms
  • Rxc may form a fused structure with a benzene ring
  • Rxc may or may not exist
  • A represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aralkylene group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluorenylidene group, a sulfonyl group, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a direct bond (single bond).
  • Rxc does not exist, one benzene ring may have two or more Rxa and/or Rxb groups.
  • Rxd each independently represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms
  • Rxe each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom
  • Rxf is represents an aromatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms
  • Rxf may form a condensed structure with a benzene ring
  • Rxf may or may not exist, and when Rxf does not exist,
  • One benzene ring may have two or more Rxd and/or Rxe groups.
  • alkenyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms represented by Rxa and Rxd in formulas (1A) and (1B) include vinyl groups, allyl groups, propenyl groups, butenyl groups, and hexenyl groups.
  • Rxa and Rxd are preferably allyl and/or propenyl groups, more preferably allyl groups.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by Rxb and Rxe in formulas (1A) and (1B) include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, and the like.
  • Branched alkyl groups such as linear alkyl groups, isopropyl groups, isobutyl groups and tert-butyl groups can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by A in the formula (1A) include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group and a propylene group.
  • the aralkylene group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms represented by A includes, for example, the formula: -CH 2 -Ar-CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -Ar-CH 2 -CH 2 -, or the formula: - A group represented by CH 2 —Ar—CH 2 —CH 2 — (wherein Ar represents a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, or a biphenylene group) can be mentioned.
  • the arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms represented by A includes, for example, a phenylene ring.
  • Rxf is preferably a benzene ring (compound containing a dihydroxynaphthalene skeleton) from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment.
  • alkenylphenol is preferably alkenylbisphenol in which one alkenyl group is bonded to each of two phenolic aromatic rings of bisphenols.
  • alkenyl bisphenol is diallyl bisphenol in which two phenolic aromatic rings of bisphenols are respectively bonded to one allyl group, and/or bisphenols in which two phenolic aromatic rings are respectively bonded to one propenyl group. Dipropenyl bisphenol is preferred.
  • diallyl bisphenol examples include o, o'-diallyl bisphenol A (DABPA (trade name), Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), o, o'-diallyl bisphenol F, o, o'-diallyl bisphenol S, o, o'-diallyl bisphenol fluorene.
  • dipropenyl bisphenol examples include o,o'-dipropenyl bisphenol A (PBA01 (trade name), Gunei Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), o,o'-dipropenyl bisphenol F, o,o'-dipropenyl Bisphenol S and o,o'-dipropenyl bisphenol fluorene.
  • the average number of phenol groups per molecule of alkenylphenol is preferably 1 or more and less than 3, and preferably 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. more preferred.
  • the average number of phenol groups is calculated by the following formula.
  • A represents the number of phenol groups in alkenylphenol having i phenol groups in the molecule
  • Xi represents the ratio of alkenylphenol having i phenol groups in the molecule to all alkenylphenols
  • X 1 + X 2 + . . . X n 1.
  • Epoxy-modified silicone is not particularly limited as long as it is a silicone compound or resin modified with an epoxy group-containing group.
  • the thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) contains structural units derived from epoxy-modified silicone, so that it is excellent in releasing action to discharge cutting chips, and has excellent low thermal expansion and chemical resistance. can be expressed.
  • the silicone compound or resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a polysiloxane skeleton in which siloxane bonds are repeatedly formed.
  • the polysiloxane skeleton may be a linear skeleton, a cyclic skeleton, or a network skeleton.
  • the polysiloxane skeleton is preferably a linear skeleton from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment.
  • epoxy group-containing groups examples include groups represented by the following formula (a1).
  • each R 0 is independently a single bond, an alkylene group (for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group and a propylene group), an arylene group, or an aralkylene group.
  • X represent a monovalent group represented by the following formula (a2) or a monovalent group represented by the following formula (a3).
  • the epoxy-modified silicone preferably contains an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of 140 to 250 g/mol, more preferably an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of 145 to 245 g/mol, and an epoxy equivalent of 150 to 240 g/mol. It is more preferable to contain an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of mol.
  • an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent within the above range, the epoxy-modified silicone is excellent in the release action of discharging cutting chips, has compatibility with other resins or compounds in the resin composition, and has low heat. It tends to be able to further improve expandability and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner.
  • Epoxy-modified silicone is excellent in mold release action for discharging cutting chips, and can further improve compatibility with other resins or compounds in the resin composition, low thermal expansion, and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner. It is preferable to contain the above epoxy-modified silicone. In this case, the two or more epoxy-modified silicones preferably have different epoxy equivalents. It is more preferable to contain an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent (high-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone), and an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of 140 to 250 g/mol and an epoxy-modified epoxy having an epoxy equivalent of 450 to 3000 g/mol. It is more preferable to contain silicone.
  • the average epoxy equivalent of the epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 140 to 3000 g/mol, more preferably 250 to 2000 g/mol, and 300 to 300 g/mol. More preferably 1000 g/mol.
  • the average epoxy equivalent is calculated by the following formula.
  • Ei represents the epoxy equivalent weight of one epoxy-modified silicone among two or more epoxy-modified silicones
  • Wi represents the ratio of the epoxy-modified silicone in the epoxy-modified silicone B
  • W 1 +W 2 + . . . W n 1.
  • Epoxy-modified silicone is excellent in mold release action for discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving compatibility with other resins or compounds in the resin composition, low thermal expansion and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner, the following formula ( It is preferable to contain an epoxy-modified silicone represented by 2).
  • each R 1 independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, or an aralkylene group
  • each R 2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.
  • n represents an integer from 0 to 100.
  • the alkylene group represented by R 1 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-4.
  • Alkylene groups include, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, or a propylene group. Among these, R 1 is preferably a propylene group.
  • the arylene group represented by R 1 may have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the arylene group is preferably 6-40, more preferably 6-20.
  • Arylene groups include, for example, phenylene groups, cyclohexylphenylene groups, hydroxyphenylene groups, cyanophenylene groups, nitrophenylene groups, naphthylene groups, biphenylene groups, anthrylene groups, pyrenylene groups, and fluorenylene groups. These groups may contain an ether bond, a ketone bond, or an ester bond.
  • the aralkylene group represented by R 1 preferably has 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 13 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the aralkylene group include groups represented by the following formula (XI).
  • the group represented by R 1 may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, A branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms mentioned.
  • each R 2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.
  • the above alkyl group and phenyl group may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • Alkyl groups include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, and cyclohexyl groups.
  • R 2 is preferably a methyl group or a phenyl group.
  • n is an integer from 0 to 100.
  • the lower limit of n is 1 or more from the viewpoint that it is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings and can further improve compatibility with other resins or compounds in the resin composition, low thermal expansion, and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner.
  • the upper limit of n is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 30 or less, and even more preferably 20 or less.
  • Epoxy-modified silicone is excellent in releasing action to discharge cutting chips, and from the viewpoint of further improving compatibility with other resins or compounds in the resin composition, low thermal expansion, and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner, the formula ( It is preferable to contain two or more types of epoxy-modified silicone represented by 2). In this case, the epoxy-modified silicones containing two or more types preferably have different values of n. It is more preferable to contain a certain epoxy-modified silicone.
  • the average number of epoxy groups per molecule of the epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 1 or more and less than 3, and 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. is more preferred.
  • the average number of epoxy groups is calculated by the following formula.
  • Bi represents the number of epoxy groups in the epoxy-modified silicone having i epoxy groups in the molecule
  • Yi represents the ratio of the epoxy-modified silicone having i epoxy groups in the molecule to the total epoxy-modified silicone.
  • Y 1 +Y 2 + . . . Y n 1.
  • low-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone and high-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone commercially available products or preparations prepared by known methods may be used.
  • Commercially available products of low-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone include “X-22-163" (functional group equivalent: 200 g/mol) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., and the like.
  • Commercially available high-equivalent epoxy-modified silicones include "KF-105" (functional group equivalent: 490 g/mol), “X-22-163A” (functional group equivalent: 1000 g/mol) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. mol), and “X-22-163B” (functional group equivalent: 1800 g/mol).
  • Epoxy compounds are epoxy compounds other than epoxy-modified silicone, and more specifically, epoxy compounds that do not have a polysiloxane skeleton.
  • the thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) contains a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound, so that it has an excellent release action for discharging chips, excellent compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil Adhesion and insulation reliability can be expressed.
  • the epoxy compound is not particularly limited as long as it is an epoxy compound other than epoxy-modified silicone.
  • Epoxy compounds have two epoxy groups in one molecule from the viewpoint that they are excellent in releasing action to discharge chips, and can express more excellent compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability. It preferably contains a bifunctional epoxy compound.
  • Bifunctional epoxy compounds include, for example, bisphenol type epoxy resins (e.g., bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol E type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, and bisphenol fluorene type epoxy resin), and phenols.
  • bisphenol type epoxy resins e.g., bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol E type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, and bisphenol fluorene type epoxy resin
  • phenols e.g., bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol E type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, and bisphenol fluorene type epoxy resin
  • Novolac-type epoxy resins e.g., phenol novolac-type epoxy resins, bisphenol A novolak-type epoxy resins, cresol novolak-type epoxy resins
  • trisphenolmethane-type epoxy resins aralkyl-type epoxy resins, biphenyl-type epoxy resins containing a biphenyl skeleton, naphthalene skeleton-containing naphthalene-type epoxy resin, dihydroanthracene-containing anthracene-type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester-type epoxy resin, polyol-type epoxy resin, isocyanurate ring-containing epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resin, fluorene-containing skeleton Fluorene-type epoxy resins, epoxy resins composed of bisphenol A-type structural units and hydrocarbon-based structural units; and halogen compounds thereof. These epoxy compounds are used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • aralkyl-type epoxy resins examples include compounds represented by the following formula (b1).
  • Ar 3 each independently represents a benzene ring or naphthalene ring
  • Ar 4 represents a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, or biphenyl ring
  • R 3a each independently represents a hydrogen atom. or a methyl group
  • each ring may have a substituent other than a glycidyloxy group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group).
  • biphenyl-type epoxy resins examples include compounds represented by the following formula (b2) (compound b2).
  • each Ra independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • Alkyl groups include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, and cyclohexyl groups.
  • the biphenyl-type epoxy resin may be in the form of a mixture of compounds b2 having different numbers of Ra as alkyl groups. Specifically, a mixture of biphenyl-type epoxy resins having different numbers of Ra as alkyl groups is preferable, and compound b2 having 0 Ra as alkyl groups and a compound b2 having 4 Ra as alkyl groups. Mixtures of b2 are more preferred.
  • naphthalene-type epoxy resins examples include compounds represented by the following formula (b3).
  • R 3b each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group or ethyl group), an aralkyl group, a benzyl group, a naphthyl group, or a glycidyloxy group. represents a contained naphthyl group, n represents an integer of 0 or more (eg, 0 to 2).
  • dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resins examples include compounds represented by the following formula (b4).
  • each R 3c independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group or ethyl group).
  • dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin a commercially available product or a prepared product prepared by a known method may be used.
  • Commercial products of dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin include "EPICRON HP-7200L”, “EPICRON HP-7200”, “EPICRON HP-7200H” and "EPICRON HP-7000HH” manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals. mentioned.
  • epoxy resins composed of bisphenol A-type structural units and hydrocarbon-based structural units include compounds represented by the following formula (b5).
  • R 1x and R 2x each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 3x to R 6x each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom
  • X is an ethyleneoxyethyl group, di(ethyleneoxy)ethyl group, tri(ethyleneoxy)ethyl group, propyleneoxypropyl group, di(propyleneoxy)propyl group, tri(propyleneoxy)propyl group, or carbon It represents an alkylene group of numbers 2 to 15 (eg, methylene group or ethylene group).
  • epoxy compounds are excellent in mold release action for discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of being able to express more excellent compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, bisphenol type epoxy resin, aralkyl type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, and dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin. is more preferable.
  • the average number of epoxy groups per molecule of the epoxy compound is preferably 1 or more and less than 3, and preferably 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. more preferred.
  • the average number of epoxy groups is calculated by the following formula.
  • Ci represents the number of epoxy groups in an epoxy compound having i epoxy groups in the molecule
  • Zi represents the ratio of the epoxy compounds having i epoxy groups in the molecule to the total epoxy compounds
  • Z 1 + Z 2 + . . . Z n 1.
  • thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of being able to express even more excellent copper foil adhesion, It preferably contains a phenol compound (hereinafter also simply referred to as "phenol compound").
  • phenolic compounds other than alkenylphenol include bisphenol-type phenol resins (e.g., bisphenol A-type resin, bisphenol E-type resin, bisphenol F-type resin, bisphenol S-type resin, etc.), phenolic novolac resins (e.g., phenol novolak resin, naphthol novolac resin, cresol novolac resin, etc.), glycidyl ester type phenolic resin, naphthalene type phenolic resin, anthracene type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene type phenolic resin, biphenyl type phenolic resin, alicyclic phenolic resin, polyol type phenolic resin, aralkyl type Examples include phenol resins, phenol-modified aromatic hydrocarbon formaldehyde resins, and fluorene-type phenol resins. These phenol compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • bisphenol-type phenol resins e.g., bisphenol A-type resin
  • phenolic compounds are excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of being able to express more excellent compatibility and copper foil adhesion, a bifunctional phenolic compound having two phenolic hydroxyl groups in one molecule. is preferably
  • bifunctional phenol compounds include bisphenol, biscresol, bisphenols having a fluorene skeleton (e.g., bisphenol having a fluorene skeleton, biscresol having a fluorene skeleton, etc.), biphenols (e.g., p,p'-biphenol, etc.), dihydroxy diphenyl ether (e.g., 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, etc.), dihydroxydiphenyl ketone (e.g., 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ketone, etc.), dihydroxydiphenyl sulfide (e.g., 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl sulfide, etc.), dihydroxyarene (eg, hydroquinone, etc.).
  • bisphenol biscresol
  • bisphenols having a fluorene skeleton e.g., bisphenol having a fluorene skeleton, biscresol having a fluorene
  • bifunctional phenol compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the bifunctional phenol compound is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of expressing even more excellent copper foil adhesion, from the group consisting of bisphenol, biscresol, and bisphenols having a fluorene skeleton. It preferably contains at least one selected type, and more preferably contains a bisphenol having a fluorene skeleton. From the same viewpoint as above, bis-cresol fluorene is preferable as the bisphenols having a fluorene skeleton.
  • Phenol compounds other than alkenylphenol may be commercially available products or products manufactured by known methods.
  • Examples of commercially available phenolic compounds other than alkenylphenol include “BCF” (biscresol fluorene) manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd. and “Bisphenol M” manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.
  • thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) The method for producing the thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) is not particularly limited. , an epoxy compound and, if necessary, a phenol compound are reacted in the presence of a polymerization catalyst, which will be described later. The reaction may be performed in the presence of an organic solvent. More specifically, in the above steps, the addition reaction between the epoxy group of the epoxy-modified silicone and the epoxy compound and the hydroxyl group of the alkenylphenol, and the addition reaction between the hydroxyl group of the resulting addition reaction product and the hydroxyl group of the epoxy-modified silicone and the epoxy compound.
  • the thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) can be obtained by the progress of an addition reaction with an epoxy group or the like.
  • the amount of alkenylphenol blended is excellent in the releasing action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of expressing even more excellent compatibility, alkenylphenol, epoxy It is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 40 parts by mass, and 5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the modified silicone, epoxy compound, and phenol compound. More preferred.
  • the amount of the epoxy-modified silicone to be blended is the alkenylphenol, the epoxy-modified silicone, the epoxy compound, and the phenol compound from the standpoint of excellent release action for discharging cutting chips and the expression of even better low thermal expansion and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner. It is preferably from 5 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably from 10 to 60 parts by mass, and even more preferably from 20 to 55 parts by mass with respect to the total 100 parts by mass.
  • the amount of the epoxy compound to be blended is, from the standpoint of excellent release action to discharge cutting chips and to express even better compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone, It is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 30 parts by mass, and even more preferably 15 to 25 parts by mass with respect to the total 100 parts by mass of the epoxy compound and the phenol compound.
  • the amount of the phenolic compound is 100 parts by mass in total of alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone, epoxy compound, and phenolic compound, from the viewpoint of excellent mold release action for discharging shavings and exhibiting even better copper foil adhesion. On the other hand, it is preferably 5 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 30 parts by mass, and even more preferably 15 to 25 parts by mass.
  • thermosetting compound (B2) or the polymer (B2) does not contain a phenol compound
  • the amounts of the alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone and epoxy compound are the same as those of the alkenylphenol, the epoxy-modified silicone and the epoxy compound.
  • the compounding amount is shown with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the compounds.
  • polymerization catalysts examples include imidazole catalysts and phosphorus catalysts. These catalysts are used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, imidazole catalysts are preferred.
  • imidazole catalysts examples include 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2- Ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]benzo
  • imidazoles such as imidazole (TBZ (trade name), Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole (TPIZ (trade name), Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole and/or 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole are preferred from the viewpoint of
  • the amount of polymerization catalyst (preferably imidazole catalyst) used is, for example, 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone, epoxy compound, and phenol compound. From the viewpoint of increasing the weight average molecular weight of the thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2), the amount of the polymerization catalyst used is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, and 4.0 parts by mass or less. is more preferable.
  • a polar solvent or a non-polar solvent can be used as the organic solvent.
  • polar solvents include ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; cellosolve solvents such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate; ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, ester solvents such as ethyl lactate, methyl methoxypropionate and methyl hydroxyisobutyrate; and amides such as dimethylacetamide and dimethylformamide.
  • nonpolar solvents include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene. These solvents are used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the organic solvent used is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 50 to 150 parts by mass with respect to the total of 100 parts by mass of the alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone, epoxy compound, and phenol compound.
  • the heating temperature is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 100-170°C.
  • the heating time is also not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3 to 8 hours.
  • thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) may be separated and purified from the reaction mixture by a conventional method.
  • thermosetting resin (C) The resin composition of the present embodiment contains a thermosetting resin (C) different from the thermosetting compound (B) of the present embodiment.
  • the thermosetting compound (B) exhibits excellent compatibility even with thermosetting resins having poor compatibility with silicone compounds. Therefore, even if the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) are combined, the components do not separate in the resin composition, and the compatibility is excellent.
  • thermosetting resin (C) is a maleimide compound, a cyanate ester compound, a phenol compound, an alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound from the viewpoint of further improving the low thermal expansion property, chemical resistance, and copper foil adhesion of the resulting cured product. , and preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of epoxy resins, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, and epoxy resins. .
  • These thermosetting resins (C) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
  • thermosetting resin (C) The content of the thermosetting resin (C) is excellent due to the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of exhibiting excellent heat resistance and chemical resistance, the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C ) is preferably from 50 to 95 parts by mass, more preferably from 55 to 90 parts by mass, and even more preferably from 60 to 85 parts by mass, based on the total 100 parts by mass of the above.
  • thermosetting resin (C) preferably contains a maleimide compound from the viewpoint of excellent mold release action for discharging chips and further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance.
  • the maleimide compound contained in the thermosetting resin (C) may be the same as or different from the maleimide compound used to produce the thermosetting compound (B).
  • the maleimide compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the maleimide compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one or more maleimide groups in one molecule. -hydroxyphenylmaleimide, etc.), polymaleimide compounds having two or more maleimide groups in one molecule (e.g., bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl) propane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, bis(3,5-diethyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane), m-phenylene bismaleimide, 4-methyl-1,3-phenylene bismaleimide, 1,6'-bismaleimido-(2,2,4-trimethyl)hexane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), maleimide compounds represented by the following formula (4)
  • each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • n 1 is 1 or more, preferably 1-100, more preferably 1-10.
  • each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1-10.
  • maleimide compounds are bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane , bis (3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl) methane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis (4-maleimidobenzoate), a maleimide compound represented by formula (4), and represented by formula (9) bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3 -Ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, and at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds represented by the following formula (4).
  • maleimide compound A commercially available product or a preparation prepared by a known method may be used as the maleimide compound.
  • Commercially available maleimide compounds include "BMI-70", “BMI-80” and “BMI-1000P” manufactured by KI Kasei Co., Ltd., and "BMI-3000” and “ BMI-4000", “BMI-5100", “BMI-7000", and “BMI-2300”, and Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. product "MIR-3000-70MT".
  • the content of the maleimide compound is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content, from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging shavings and further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance. , more preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass, even more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass.
  • thermosetting resin (C) preferably contains a cyanate ester compound from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging chips and further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance.
  • the cyanate ester compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two or more cyanato groups (cyanate ester groups) in one molecule.
  • cyanate ester compounds novolak-type cyanate ester compounds such as compounds represented by formula (6) excluding compounds represented by formula (5), biphenyl aralkyl-type cyanate esters, diallyl bisphenol-type cyanate ester compounds, Bis(3,3-dimethyl-4-cyanatophenyl)methane, bis(4-cyanatophenyl)methane, 1,3-dicyanatobenzene, 1,4-dicyanatobenzene, 1,3,5-tricyanato benzene, 1,3-dicyanatonaphthalene, 1,4-dicyanatonaphthalene, 1,6-dicyanatonaphthalene, 1,8-dicyanatonaphthalene, 2,6-dicyanatonaphthalene, 2,7-dicyanatonaphthalene, 1,3,6-tricyanat
  • cyanate ester compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the cyanate ester compound is more excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, a naphthol aralkyl type cyanate ester compound and / or a novolac type cyanate It preferably contains an acid ester compound.
  • the cyanate ester compound is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, it is represented by formula (5) and / or formula (6) It preferably contains a compound.
  • the cyanate ester compound containing the compound represented by formula (5) is excellent in the release action of discharging swarf, further improves low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, and further exhibits excellent flame retardancy. It is more preferred because it has good flexibility and a low coefficient of thermal expansion.
  • each R6 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • n2 is preferably an integer of 1-20, more preferably an integer of 1-10, and even more preferably an integer of 1-6.
  • R ya each independently represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom
  • R yb each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or hydrogen represents an atom
  • each R yc independently represents an aromatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms
  • R yc may form a condensed structure with a benzene ring
  • R yc may be present , which may be absent
  • a 1a each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aralkylene group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluorenylidene group, a sulfonyl group , an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a single bond (direct bond), and when R yc does not exist, one benzene ring may have two or more R ya and/or R yb groups.
  • n represents an integer of 1-20
  • the alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms represented by R ya includes, for example, vinyl group, allyl group, propenyl group, butenyl group, hexenyl group and the like.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R yb includes, for example, linear alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group; Branched alkyl groups such as isopropyl group, isobutyl group and tert-butyl group can be mentioned.
  • examples of the C 1-6 alkylene group represented by A 1a include methylene group, ethylene group, trimethylene group and propylene group.
  • the aralkylene group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms represented by A 1a includes, for example, the formulas: —CH 2 —Ar—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH 2 —Ar—CH 2 —CH 2 —, or a group represented by the formula: —CH 2 —Ar—CH 2 —CH 2 — (wherein Ar represents a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, or a biphenylene group).
  • the arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms represented by A 1a includes, for example, a phenylene ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1-20, preferably an integer of 1-15, more preferably an integer of 1-10.
  • the compound represented by the formula (6) is a phenol novolac type cyanide because it has an excellent release action for discharging shavings, further improves low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, and has a higher glass transition temperature.
  • An acid ester compound is preferable, and a compound represented by formula (c1) is more preferable as the phenol novolak-type cyanate ester compound.
  • each Rx independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • each R independently represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or hydrogen represents an atom
  • n represents an integer of 1-10.
  • cyanate ester compounds may be produced according to known methods. Specific production methods include, for example, the method described in JP-A-2017-195334 (particularly paragraphs 0052 to 0057).
  • the content of the cyanate ester compound as the thermosetting resin (C) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, the resin solid content is 100 parts by mass. On the other hand, it is preferably 10 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably 15 to 60 parts by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass.
  • thermosetting resin (C) preferably contains a phenol compound from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging chips and further improving copper foil adhesion.
  • the phenolic compound contained in the thermosetting resin (C) may be the same as or different from the phenolic compound used to produce the thermosetting compound (B).
  • a phenol compound can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
  • the phenol compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two or more phenolic hydroxyl groups in one molecule.
  • examples include phenols and bisphenols (e.g., bisphenol A, bisphenol E, bisphenol F, bisphenol S, etc.), diallyl bisphenols (e.g., diallyl bisphenol A, diallyl bisphenol E, diallyl bisphenol F, diallyl bisphenol S, etc.), phenolic novolak resins (e.g., phenol novolak resin, naphthol novolak resins, cresol novolak resins, etc.), naphthalene-type phenol resins, dihydroanthracene-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenol resins, biphenyl-type phenol resins, and aralkyl-type phenol resins. These phenol compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the phenol compound preferably contains an aralkyl-type phenol
  • aralkyl-type phenolic resin examples include compounds represented by formula (c2).
  • Ar 1 each independently represents a benzene ring or naphthalene ring
  • Ar 2 represents a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, or biphenyl ring
  • R 2a each independently represents a hydrogen atom. or a methyl group
  • m is an integer of 1 to 50
  • each ring may have a substituent other than a hydroxyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, etc.).
  • the compound represented by the formula (c2) is excellent in the release action of discharging chips, and from the viewpoint of further improving the copper foil adhesion, in the formula (c2), Ar 1 is a naphthalene ring, and Ar 2 is A compound having a benzene ring (hereinafter also referred to as a "naphthol aralkyl-type phenolic resin"), and a compound in which Ar 1 is a benzene ring and Ar 2 is a biphenyl ring in the formula (c2) (hereinafter referred to as a "biphenyl aralkyl-type Also referred to as "phenolic resin").
  • the naphthol aralkyl-type phenol resin is preferably a compound represented by formula (2b).
  • each R 2a independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group (preferably a hydrogen atom), and m represents an integer of 1 to 10 (preferably an integer of 1 to 6).
  • the biphenylaralkyl-type phenolic resin is preferably a compound represented by formula (2c).
  • each R 2b independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group (preferably a hydrogen atom), m1 is an integer of 1 to 20 (preferably 1 Integer of ⁇ 6).
  • a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used as the aralkyl-type phenol resin.
  • Commercially available aralkyl-type phenolic resins include Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.'s "KAYAHARD GPH-65”, “KAYAHARD GPH-78", “KAYAHARD GPH-103” (biphenylaralkyl-type phenolic resin), Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the company's product "SN-495" (naphthol aralkyl type phenolic resin) can be mentioned.
  • the content of the phenolic compound as the thermosetting resin (C) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving the copper foil adhesion, the resin solid content is 100 parts by mass. It is preferably 40 parts by mass, more preferably 15 to 35 parts by mass, even more preferably 20 to 30 parts by mass.
  • the thermosetting resin (C) contains an alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging chips and further improvement of heat resistance.
  • the alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one or more alkenyl-substituted nadimide groups in one molecule, and examples thereof include compounds represented by the following formula (2d).
  • each R 1 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group or ethyl group), and R 2 represents alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. group, a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, a naphthylene group, or a group represented by the following formula (7) or (8).
  • R3 denotes a methylene group, an isopropylidene group, CO, O, S or SO2 .
  • each R 4 independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound represented by formula (2d) a commercially available product or a product manufactured according to a known method may be used.
  • Commercially available products include “BANI-M” and “BANI-X” manufactured by Maruzen Petrochemical Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound as the thermosetting resin (C) is preferably 1 to 45 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. More preferably 10 to 35 parts by mass.
  • thermosetting resin (C) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, it is possible to contain epoxy resin.
  • the epoxy resin contained in the thermosetting resin (C) may be the same as or different from the epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone used to produce the thermosetting compound (B). , is an epoxy compound different from epoxy-modified silicone.
  • An epoxy resin is used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Epoxy resin typically, a bifunctional epoxy compound having two epoxy groups in one molecule or a polyfunctional epoxy compound having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule can be used.
  • Epoxy resins contain bifunctional epoxy compounds and/or polyfunctional epoxy compounds from the viewpoint of further improving the release action of discharging chips and further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability. preferably.
  • the epoxy resin is not particularly limited, but a compound represented by the following formula (3a) can be used.
  • Ar 3 each independently represents a benzene ring or naphthalene ring
  • Ar 4 represents a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, or biphenyl ring
  • R 3a each independently represents a hydrogen atom. or represents a methyl group
  • k represents an integer of 1 to 50
  • the benzene ring or naphthalene ring in Ar 3 may further have one or more substituents, and the substituent may be a glycidyloxy group (not shown), or other substituents such as It may be an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, etc.
  • the benzene ring, naphthalene ring, or biphenyl ring in Ar 4 may further have one or more substituents, which may be a glycidyloxy group, other substituents such as carbon It may be an alkyl group of number 1 to 5, a phenyl group, or the like.
  • examples of bifunctional epoxy compounds include compounds represented by the following formula (b1).
  • Ar 3 each independently represents a benzene ring or naphthalene ring
  • Ar 4 represents a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, or biphenyl ring
  • R 3a each independently represents a hydrogen atom. or represents a methyl group
  • the benzene ring or naphthalene ring in Ar 3 may further have one or more substituents, and the substituents are, for example, a glycidyloxy group such as an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.
  • the benzene ring, naphthalene ring or biphenyl ring in Ar 4 may further have one or more substituents, and the substituents are, for example, a glycidyloxy group such as an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. It may be a substituent other than
  • the compound represented by formula (3a) is preferably a phenolic novolac type epoxy resin in which Ar 4 in formula (3a) is at least substituted with a glycidyloxy group.
  • the phenolic novolac epoxy resin is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a compound represented by the following formula (3-1) (a naphthalene skeleton-containing polyfunctional epoxy resin having a naphthalene skeleton) and a naphthalene cresol novolac epoxy resin. mentioned.
  • a naphthalene cresol novolac type epoxy resin is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent mold release action for discharging chips and further improvement of chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability.
  • each Ar 31 independently represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring
  • each Ar 41 independently represents a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring or a biphenyl ring
  • each R 31a Each ring independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • kz represents an integer of 1 to 50
  • each ring represents a substituent other than a glycidyloxy group (e.g., an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group)
  • at least one of Ar 31 and Ar 41 represents a naphthalene ring.
  • Compounds represented by formula (3-1) include compounds represented by formula (3-2).
  • R represents a methyl group
  • kz has the same meaning as kz in formula (3-1) above.
  • the naphthalene cresol novolak type epoxy resin is not particularly limited, but for example, a cresol/naphthol novolak type epoxy resin represented by the following formula (NE) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (NE) is a random copolymer of a cresol novolak epoxy structural unit and a naphthol novolak epoxy structural unit, and both cresol epoxy and naphthol epoxy can be terminals.
  • n and n in formula (NE) each represent an integer of 1 or more.
  • naphthalene cresol novolac type epoxy resin a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used.
  • commercially available products include "NC-7000", “NC-7300” and “NC-7300L” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and "HP-9540” and “HP-9500” manufactured by DIC Corporation. and "HP-9540" is particularly preferred.
  • the compound represented by formula (3a) may be a compound (hereinafter also referred to as "aralkyl epoxy resin") that does not correspond to the phenolic novolac epoxy resins described above.
  • Aralkyl-type epoxy resins include compounds in which Ar 3 is a naphthalene ring and Ar 4 is a benzene ring in the formula (3a) (also referred to as a "naphthol aralkyl- type epoxy resin”); It is preferably a compound in which it is a benzene ring and Ar 4 is a biphenyl ring (also referred to as a "biphenylaralkyl-type epoxy resin”), and more preferably a biphenylaralkyl-type epoxy resin.
  • naphthol aralkyl type epoxy resin a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used.
  • Examples of commercially available products include “HP-5000” and “HP-9900” manufactured by DIC Corporation, “ESN-375” and “ESN-475" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., and the like.
  • the biphenyl aralkyl type epoxy resin is preferably a compound represented by formula (3b).
  • ka represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 6.
  • bifunctional epoxy compounds include, for example, compounds in which ka is 1 in formula (3b).
  • biphenyl aralkyl type epoxy resin a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used.
  • commercially available products include “NC-3000”, “NC-3000L”, and “NC-3000FH” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • the epoxy resin it is preferable to use a naphthalene-type epoxy resin (excluding those corresponding to the compound represented by formula (3a)).
  • a naphthalene-type epoxy resin a naphthylene ether-type epoxy resin is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging chips and further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability.
  • the naphthylene ether type epoxy resin is excellent in the release action of discharging cutting chips, and from the viewpoint of further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, 2 represented by the formula (3-3)
  • a functional epoxy compound, a polyfunctional epoxy compound represented by the following formula (3-4), or a mixture thereof is preferred.
  • each R 13 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group or ethyl group), or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms (eg, vinyl group, allyl group or propenyl group).
  • each R 14 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group or ethyl group), or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms (eg, vinyl group, allyl group or propenyl group).
  • a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used as the naphthylene ether type epoxy resin.
  • Commercially available naphthylene ether type epoxy resins include, for example, DIC Corporation products "HP-6000", “EXA-7300”, “EXA-7310", “EXA-7311”, “EXA-7311L”, “ EXA7311-G3", “EXA7311-G4", “EXA-7311G4S”, “EXA-7311G5", etc., and HP-6000 is particularly preferred.
  • naphthalene-type epoxy resins other than those described above include, but are not limited to, compounds represented by the following formula (b3).
  • each R 3b is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group or ethyl group), an aralkyl group, a benzyl group, a naphthyl group, at least one glycidyloxy group-containing naphthyl group or naphthyl group containing at least one glycidyloxy group, where n is an integer of 0 or greater (eg, 0 to 2).
  • epoxy resin a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin can be used.
  • the dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resin is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, compounds represented by formula (3-5).
  • each R 3c independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1-5 carbon atoms, and k2 represents an integer of 0-10.
  • the compound represented by the above formula (3-5) is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (b4).
  • each R 3c independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group or ethyl group).
  • dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin A commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used as the dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin.
  • Commercial products of dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin include "EPICRON HP-7200L”, “EPICRON HP-7200”, “EPICRON HP-7200H” and "EPICRON HP-7000HH” manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals. mentioned.
  • the epoxy resin is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, the epoxy resin represented by the formula (3a), It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of naphthalene-type epoxy resins and dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resins, and more preferably contains naphthalene-type epoxy resins.
  • the epoxy resin represented by formula (3a) preferably contains a naphthalene cresol novolac type epoxy resin
  • the naphthalene type epoxy resin preferably contains a cresol/naphthol novolak type epoxy resin represented by formula (NE).
  • the epoxy resin may contain other epoxy resins that do not correspond to the epoxy resins or epoxy compounds described above.
  • Other epoxy resins include, but are not particularly limited to, bisphenol-type epoxy resin, trisphenolmethane-type epoxy resin, anthracene-type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester-type epoxy resin, polyol-type epoxy resin, isocyanurate ring-containing epoxy resin, and fluorene-type epoxy resin. Examples thereof include resins and epoxy resins composed of bisphenol A structural units and hydrocarbon structural units.
  • bisphenol-type epoxy resins may be included from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging chips and further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability. can.
  • a diallyl bisphenol type epoxy resin for example, diallyl bisphenol A type epoxy resin, diallyl bisphenol E type epoxy resin, diallyl bisphenol F type epoxy resin, diallyl bisphenol S type epoxy resin, etc.
  • diallyl bisphenol type epoxy resin for example, diallyl bisphenol A type epoxy resin, diallyl bisphenol E type epoxy resin, diallyl bisphenol F type epoxy resin, diallyl bisphenol S type epoxy resin, etc.
  • epoxy resin one of the above-described epoxy resins and epoxy compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • the average number of epoxy groups per molecule of the epoxy resin is preferably 1 or more and less than 3, and preferably 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. more preferred.
  • the average number of epoxy groups is calculated by the following formula.
  • Ci represents the number of epoxy groups of the epoxy resin having i epoxy groups in the molecule
  • Zi represents the ratio of the epoxy resin having i epoxy groups in the molecule to the total epoxy resin
  • Z 1 +Z 2 + . . . Z n 1.
  • the content of the epoxy resin as the thermosetting resin (C) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, the resin solid content It is preferably 1 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 50 parts by mass, even more preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass.
  • thermosetting resin (C) may further contain other resins as long as the effects of the resin composition of the present embodiment are not impaired.
  • Other resins include, for example, oxetane resins, benzoxazine compounds, and compounds having polymerizable unsaturated groups. These resins or compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Oxetane resin examples include oxetane, 2-methyloxetane, 2,2-dimethyloxetane, 3-methyloxetane, alkyloxetane such as 3,3-dimethyloxetane, 3-methyl-3-methoxymethyloxetane, 3,3′-di(trifluoromethyl)perfluoxetane, 2-chloromethyloxetane, 3,3-bis(chloromethyl)oxetane, biphenyl type oxetane, products of Toagosei Co., Ltd. “OXT-101”, “OXT -121” and the like.
  • benzoxazine compound refers to a compound having two or more dihydrobenzoxazine rings in one molecule.
  • benzoxazine compounds include "Bisphenol F-type benzoxazine BF-BXZ” and "Bisphenol S-type benzoxazine BS-BXZ” manufactured by Konishi Chemical Co., Ltd., and the like.
  • compounds having a polymerizable unsaturated group examples include vinyl compounds such as ethylene, propylene, styrene, divinylbenzene, divinylbiphenyl; methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (Meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipenta Monohydric or polyhydric alcohol (meth)acrylates such as erythritol hexa(meth)acrylate; epoxy (meth)acrylates such as bisphenol A type epoxy (meth)acrylate and bisphenol F type epoxy (meth)acrylate; benzocyclobutene Resin etc. are mentioned.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment contains an inorganic filler (D) different from the molybdenum compound (A) of the present embodiment.
  • inorganic filler (D) examples include silica, silicon compounds (e.g., white carbon, etc.), metal oxides (e.g., alumina, titanium white, titanium oxide, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, etc.).
  • metal nitrides e.g., boron nitride, agglomerated boron nitride, silicon nitride, aluminum nitride, etc.
  • metal sulfates e.g., barium sulfate, etc.
  • metal hydroxides e.g., aluminum hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide heat treatment products (e.g.
  • the inorganic filler (D) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving low thermal expansion properties, silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, oxide It preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of titanium, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide, and more preferably contains silica.
  • silica examples include natural silica, fused silica, synthetic silica, aerosil, and hollow silica. These silicas are used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, fused silica is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility in the resin composition.
  • Silica may be a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method.
  • Commercial products of silica include “SFP-130MC” manufactured by Denka Co., Ltd., “SC-2050MB”, “SC-1050MLE”, “YA010C-MFN”, and “YA050C-MJA” manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd. is mentioned.
  • the content of the inorganic filler (D) is 100 parts by mass in total of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) from the viewpoint of suppressing wear of the drill and further improving the low thermal expansion property. On the other hand, it is preferably 40 to 600 parts by mass, more preferably 100 to 400 parts by mass.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a silane coupling agent.
  • a silane coupling agent When the resin composition contains a silane coupling agent, the dispersibility of the inorganic filler (D) and the adhesive strength between the resin composition and the substrate described below tend to be further improved.
  • the silane coupling agent is not particularly limited, and includes silane coupling agents that are generally used for surface treatment of inorganic substances.
  • silane coupling agents that are generally used for surface treatment of inorganic substances.
  • aminosilane compounds eg, ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- ⁇ -(aminoethyl)- ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.
  • epoxysilane compounds eg, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, silane, etc.
  • acrylsilane compounds eg, ⁇ -acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.
  • cationic silane compounds eg, N- ⁇ -(N-vinylbenzylaminoethyl)- ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, hydrochloride, etc.
  • styrylsilane-based compounds e.g, phenyls
  • a silane coupling agent is used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the silane coupling agent is preferably an epoxysilane compound.
  • epoxysilane compounds include “KBM-403”, “KBM-303", “KBM-402”, and “KBE-403” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is not particularly limited, but may be 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a wetting and dispersing agent.
  • a wetting and dispersing agent By containing a wetting and dispersing agent, the resin composition tends to further improve the dispersibility of the filler.
  • the wetting and dispersing agent may be a known dispersing agent (dispersion stabilizer) used for dispersing fillers, for example, DISPERBYK (registered trademark)-110, 111, 118 manufactured by BYK-Chemie Japan Co., Ltd. , 180, 161, BYK (registered trademark)-W996, W9010, W903, and the like.
  • DISPERBYK registered trademark
  • DISPERBYK registered trademark
  • 111, 118 manufactured by BYK-Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.
  • 180, 161 BYK (registered trademark)-W996, W9010, W903, and the like.
  • the content of the wetting and dispersing agent is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 5.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a curing catalyst.
  • Curing catalysts include, for example, imidazole catalysts and phosphorus catalysts. These catalysts are used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, imidazole catalysts are preferred.
  • imidazole catalysts examples include the above imidazoles. Among them, from the viewpoint of preventing homopolymerization of the epoxy component, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole and/or 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole (TPIZ (trade name), Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) is preferred.
  • the amount of curing catalyst (preferably imidazole catalyst) used is, for example, 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of resin solid content.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a solvent.
  • a solvent By containing a solvent, the resin composition tends to have a lower viscosity during the preparation of the resin composition, further improving handling properties, and further improving the impregnating properties of the base material.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve part or all of each component in the resin composition.
  • examples thereof include ketones (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (eg, toluene, xylene, etc.), amides (eg, dimethylformaldehyde, etc.), propylene glycol monomethyl ether and acetate thereof. These solvents are used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the method for producing the resin composition of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, but an example thereof includes a method of collectively or sequentially blending each component with a solvent and stirring the mixture. At this time, in order to uniformly dissolve or disperse each component, known treatments such as stirring, mixing, and kneading are used.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment can be suitably used as a cured product, prepreg, resin sheet, laminate, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board. These will be described below.
  • a cured product is obtained by curing the resin composition of the present embodiment.
  • the method for producing the cured product is not particularly limited.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment is melted or dissolved in a solvent, poured into a mold, and cured under normal conditions using heat or light. can be obtained by
  • the curing temperature is preferably in the range of 120 to 300° C. from the viewpoint of efficient curing and prevention of deterioration of the resulting cured product.
  • the resin sheet of this embodiment has a support and a resin layer disposed on one side or both sides of the support, and the resin layer contains the resin composition of this embodiment.
  • the resin sheet may be formed, for example, by coating the resin composition of the present embodiment on one side or both sides of a support.
  • a resin sheet can be produced, for example, by directly applying the resin composition (varnish) of the present embodiment onto a support such as a metal foil or a film and drying it.
  • the support for example, known ones used for various printed wiring board materials can be used, and resin films or metal foils are preferable.
  • resin films and metal foils include resin films such as polyimide film, polyamide film, polyester film, polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) film, polypropylene (PP) film, polyethylene (PE) film, and metal foils such as aluminum foil, copper foil and gold foil.
  • the support is preferably an electrolytic copper foil or a PET film.
  • a resin sheet can be obtained, for example, by applying the resin composition of the present embodiment to a support and then semi-curing it (to B-stage).
  • a method for producing a resin sheet is generally preferably a method for producing a composite of a B-stage resin and a support. Specifically, for example, after the resin composition is applied to a support such as a copper foil, it is semi-cured by heating in a dryer at 100 to 200° C. for 1 to 60 minutes to produce a resin sheet. methods and the like.
  • the amount of the resin composition adhered to the support is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 300 ⁇ m in resin thickness of the resin sheet.
  • a resin sheet can be used as a build-up material for a printed wiring board.
  • the prepreg of the present embodiment includes a substrate and the resin composition of the present embodiment impregnated or applied to the substrate.
  • the method of forming the prepreg may be a known method. Specifically, the resin composition of the present embodiment is impregnated or applied to a substrate, and then heated and dried at 100 to 200 ° C. It is obtained by semi-curing (to B stage).
  • the prepreg of the present embodiment also includes the form of a cured product obtained by thermally curing a semi-cured prepreg under conditions of a heating temperature of 180 to 230° C. and a heating time of 60 to 180 minutes.
  • the content of the resin composition in the prepreg is preferably 30 to 90% by volume, more preferably 35 to 85% by volume, and still more preferably 40 to 40% by volume, based on the total amount of the prepreg, in terms of the solid content of the prepreg. 80% by volume.
  • the solid content of the prepreg as used herein refers to a component obtained by removing the solvent from the prepreg.
  • the filler is included in the solid content of the prepreg.
  • the content of the resin composition referred to here also includes the components of the cured resin composition.
  • the base material examples include known base materials used as materials for various printed wiring boards.
  • glass substrates inorganic substrates other than glass (for example, inorganic substrates composed of inorganic fibers other than glass such as quartz), organic substrates (for example, wholly aromatic polyamide, polyester, polyparaphenylene benzoxazole , an organic base material composed of organic fibers such as polyimide), and the like.
  • organic substrates for example, wholly aromatic polyamide, polyester, polyparaphenylene benzoxazole , an organic base material composed of organic fibers such as polyimide
  • a glass substrate is preferable from the viewpoint of being more excellent in dimensional stability under heating.
  • Fibers constituting the glass substrate include, for example, E glass, D glass, S glass, T glass, Q glass, L glass, NE glass, HME glass, and the like.
  • the fibers that make up the glass substrate are made of E glass, D glass, S glass, T glass, Q glass, L glass, NE glass, and HME glass, from the viewpoint of being more excellent in strength and low water absorption.
  • One or more fibers selected from the group are preferred.
  • Examples of the form of the base material include woven fabric, nonwoven fabric, roving, chopped strand mat, surfacing mat, and the like.
  • the weaving method of the woven fabric is not particularly limited, but for example, plain weave, Nanako weave, twill weave, etc. are known, and it is possible to appropriately select and use from these known ones depending on the intended use and performance. .
  • glass woven fabrics surface-treated with a silane coupling agent or the like are preferably used.
  • the thickness and weight of the base material are preferably about 0.01 to 0.1 mm.
  • the metal foil-clad laminate of the present embodiment includes a laminate formed of at least one selected from the group consisting of the resin sheet of the present embodiment and the prepreg of the present embodiment, and a laminate disposed on one or both sides of the laminate. and a coated metal foil.
  • the laminate may be formed from one resin sheet or one prepreg, or may be formed from a plurality of resin sheets and/or a plurality of prepregs.
  • the metal foil may be any metal foil that is used for various printed wiring board materials, and examples thereof include metal foils of copper, aluminum, and the like. Copper foil, such as foil, is mentioned.
  • the thickness of the conductor layer is, for example, 1 to 70 ⁇ m, preferably 1.5 to 35 ⁇ m.
  • the molding method and molding conditions for the metal foil-clad laminate are not particularly limited, and general techniques and conditions for printed wiring board laminates and multilayer boards can be applied.
  • a multistage press machine, a multistage vacuum press machine, a continuous molding machine, an autoclave molding machine, or the like can be used when molding a laminate (laminate described above) or a metal foil-clad laminate.
  • the temperature is 100 to 300° C.
  • the pressure is 2 to 100 kgf/cm 2
  • the heating time is 0.05 to 5. Time ranges are common.
  • post-curing can be performed at a temperature of 150-300°C.
  • the temperature is preferably 200 to 250° C.
  • the pressure is 10 to 40 kgf/cm 2
  • the heating time is 80 to 130 minutes, from the viewpoint of sufficiently accelerating the curing of the prepreg. More preferably, the pressure is 25 to 35 kgf/cm 2 and the heating time is 90 to 120 minutes.
  • the printed wiring board of this embodiment has an insulating layer and a conductor layer formed on one side or both sides of the insulating layer, and the insulating layer contains a cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment.
  • the insulating layer is preferably formed from the resin sheet and/or prepreg of the present embodiment.
  • a printed wiring board can be formed, for example, by etching the metal foil of the metal foil-clad laminate of the present embodiment into a predetermined wiring pattern to form a conductor layer.
  • a printed wiring board can be manufactured, for example, by the following method.
  • An inner layer board having a conductor layer (inner layer circuit) is produced by etching the metal foil of the metal foil clad laminate into a predetermined wiring pattern.
  • the laminate molding method and molding conditions are the same as the laminate molding method and molding conditions for the laminate and the metal foil-clad laminate described above.
  • the laminate is perforated for through holes and via holes, and the wall surfaces of the holes thus formed are plated with a metal film for conducting the conductor layer (inner layer circuit) and the metal foil for the outer layer circuit.
  • the metal foil for the outer layer circuit is etched into a predetermined wiring pattern to form an outer layer substrate having a conductor layer (outer layer circuit). A printed wiring board is thus manufactured.
  • a printed wiring board may be produced by forming a conductor layer that becomes a circuit on the insulating layer. At this time, an electroless plating technique can be used to form the conductor layer.
  • the printed wiring board obtained in the above production example has an insulating layer and a conductor layer formed on the surface of the insulating layer, and the insulating layer contains a cured product of the resin composition according to the present embodiment.
  • the prepreg according to the present embodiment including the base material and the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment impregnated or applied thereto
  • the layer of the resin composition of the metal foil-clad laminate of the present embodiment is composed of the insulating layer containing the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the thermosetting compound was measured by the GPC method as follows. 20 ⁇ L of a solution obtained by dissolving 0.5 g of a thermosetting compound in 2 g of tetrahydrofuran (THF) is injected into a high-performance liquid chromatography (Shimadzu Corporation, pump: LC-20AD (trade name)) for analysis. bottom.
  • the columns were Shodex (registered trademark) GPC KF-804 (trade name, length 30 cm x inner diameter 8 mm) manufactured by Showa Denko, Shodex (registered trademark) GPC KF-803 (trade name, length 30 cm x inner diameter 8 mm), Shodex ( Registered trademark) GPC KF-802 (trade name, length 30 cm ⁇ inner diameter 8 mm), and Shodex (registered trademark) GPC KF-801 (trade name, length 30 cm ⁇ inner diameter 8 mm), using a total of four, the mobile phase THF (solvent) was used as a solvent, and the flow rate was 1 mL/min. As a detector, RID-10A (trade name, differential refractive index detector, Shimadzu Corporation) was used. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was obtained by GPC method using standard polystyrene as a standard substance.
  • MiniFlex 600 (trade name)
  • zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate (NH 4 )Zn 2 MoO 9. (H 3 O)
  • the obtained powder is pulverized using a jet mill pulverizer (Nisshin Engineering Co., Ltd., Super Jet Mill SJ-500), and the powder obtained by the pulverization treatment is subjected to laser diffraction.
  • the average particle size (D50 particle size) was 2.2 ⁇ m when measured with a scattering type particle size distribution analyzer (Microtrac MT3300EXII (trade name)).
  • silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate powder (average particle size: 2.5 ⁇ m).
  • the obtained powder of silica-coated ammonium zinc molybdate hydrate was in a very good state of dispersion.
  • the electrical conductivity of the wastewater after the fifth washing was 5 ⁇ S/cm, and it was confirmed that the ionic compounds that could be removed by washing with water were sufficiently removed.
  • the organic phase after washing with water is concentrated under reduced pressure and finally concentrated to dryness at 90° C. for 1 hour to give the desired 1-naphthol aralkyl cyanate ester compound (SN495V-CN, cyanate ester group equivalent: 261 g/ mol) (orange viscous substance) was obtained.
  • the infrared absorption spectrum of the obtained SN495V-CN showed absorption at 2250 cm -1 (cyanate ester group) and no absorption of hydroxy group.
  • Example 1 (Production of polymer (B1)) 14 parts by mass of a maleimide compound (maleimide group equivalent: 285 g/mol, BMI-80 (trade name), K.I. Kasei Co., Ltd.) was added to 40 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (KH Neochem Co., Ltd.) and heated to reflux at 130°C. 10 parts by mass of diamino-modified silicone (amino group equivalent 1500 g / mol, X-22-161B (trade name), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) is dissolved and reacted in the solution dissolved under the conditions of the primary polymer was prepared.
  • a maleimide compound maleimide group equivalent: 285 g/mol, BMI-80 (trade name), K.I. Kasei Co., Ltd.
  • propylene glycol monomethyl ether KH Neochem Co., Ltd.
  • the obtained polymer (B1) contained a maleimide group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule. It was also confirmed that the polymer (B1) contained structural units derived from an amino-modified silicone and structural units derived from a maleimide compound. Furthermore, when the total amount of primary amine and secondary amine in polymer (B1) was measured in accordance with JIS K 7237:1995, the amine value of polymer (B1) was 0.1 mgKOH/g. there were. In addition, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (B1) was 12000 in terms of polystyrene in the GPC method as a result of measurement by the above method.
  • This varnish was impregnated and applied to an S glass woven fabric (thickness 100 ⁇ m) and dried by heating at 150° C. for 3 minutes to obtain a prepreg having a resin composition solid content (including filler) content of 46% by mass. .
  • Example 2 Except that 3 parts by mass of the powder of zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate obtained in Production Example 1 was used instead of 3 parts by mass of the silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate powder obtained in Production Example 2. obtained a prepreg in the same manner as in Example 1. Using the obtained prepreg, in the same manner as in Example 1, a metal foil-clad laminate (double-sided copper-clad laminate) having an insulating layer with a thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
  • Example 3 (Production of polymer (B2)) In a three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer and a Dimroth, 5.3 parts by mass of diallyl bisphenol A (DABPA (trade name), Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), biscresol fluorene (BCF (trade name), Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) 5.8 parts by mass, epoxy-modified silicone b1 (X-22-163 (trade name), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., functional group equivalent 200 g / mol) 4.4 parts by mass, epoxy-modified silicone b2 (KF-105 (trade name), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., functional group equivalent 490 g / mol) 8.7 parts by weight, biphenyl-type epoxy compound c1 (YL-6121H (trade name), Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) 5.8 parts by weight , 30 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (DABPA
  • diallyl bisphenol A corresponds to "alkenylphenol”
  • epoxy-modified silicone b1 and epoxy-modified silicone b2 correspond to “epoxy-modified silicone”
  • biphenyl-type epoxy compound c1 corresponds to "epoxy compound”.
  • the obtained polymer (B2) contained an epoxy group, a hydroxy group and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule. Further, it was confirmed that the polymer (B2) contains a structural unit derived from an alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from an epoxy-modified silicone, a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound, and a structural unit derived from a phenol compound. bottom. Furthermore, the content of structural units derived from epoxy-modified silicone relative to the polymer (B2) was 43.5% by mass. Further, the content of the structural unit derived from the epoxy compound was 30.8% by mass with respect to the total mass (100% by mass) of the structural unit derived from the epoxy-modified silicone and the structural unit derived from the epoxy compound. The alkenyl group equivalent in the polymer (B2) was 872 g/mol. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (B2) was 11,900 in terms of polystyrene in the GPC method.
  • This varnish was impregnated and applied to an S glass woven fabric (thickness 100 ⁇ m) and dried by heating at 150° C. for 3 minutes to obtain a prepreg having a resin composition solid content (including filler) content of 46% by mass. .
  • Electrodeposited copper foil (3EC-III (trade name), manufactured by Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 12 ⁇ m is placed on both sides of this laminate, and vacuum pressed at 30 kgf/cm 2 at 220° C. for 120 minutes to laminate.
  • a metal foil-clad laminate double-sided copper-clad laminate having an insulating layer thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
  • Electrodeposited copper foil (3EC-III (trade name), manufactured by Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 12 ⁇ m is placed on both sides of this laminate, and vacuum pressed at 30 kgf/cm 2 at 220° C. for 120 minutes to laminate.
  • a metal foil-clad laminate double-sided copper-clad laminate having an insulating layer thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
  • This varnish was impregnated and applied to an S glass woven fabric (thickness 100 ⁇ m) and dried by heating at 150° C. for 3 minutes to obtain a prepreg having a resin composition solid content (including filler) content of 46% by mass. .
  • Electrodeposited copper foil (3EC-III (trade name), manufactured by Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 12 ⁇ m is placed on both sides of this laminate, and vacuum pressed at 30 kgf/cm 2 at 220° C. for 120 minutes to laminate.
  • a metal foil-clad laminate double-sided copper-clad laminate having an insulating layer thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
  • Example 4 A prepreg was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate powder obtained in Production Example 2 was not used. Using the obtained prepreg, in the same manner as in Example 1, a metal foil-clad laminate (double-sided copper-clad laminate) having an insulating layer with a thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
  • the positional displacement amount of the holes was measured. This amount of misalignment was the amount of misalignment on the back side of the lowest metal-foil-clad laminate among the three metal-foil-clad laminates processed.
  • the amount of positional deviation was measured for all drilled holes per drill, and the measurement results in Table 1 show the average value of the amount of positional deviation + 3 ⁇ ( ⁇ represents the standard deviation value).
  • Drill bit MC L692BWU (trade name) manufactured by Union Tool Co., Ltd. 0.15 mm ⁇ 2.7 mm Bit diameter: 0.15mm RPM: 160krpm Feeding speed: 1.6m/min Pull-in speed: 25.4m/min Thrust amount: 0.3mm Number of processing holes: 5000 (hit) or 10000 (hit)
  • a resin composition suitably used for producing a resin sheet and a prepreg having excellent drillability, a resin sheet, a prepreg, a metal foil-clad laminate, and a printed wiring obtained using the resin composition boards can be provided.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Reinforced Plastic Materials (AREA)

Abstract

A purpose of the present invention is to provide: a resin composition that can be used suitably in the production of a resin sheet and prepreg having excellent drillability; and a resin sheet, a prepreg, a metal foil-clad laminate, and a printed wiring board obtained using the resin composition. The resin composition of the present invention includes: a molybdenum compound (A); a thermally curable compound (B) that includes a polysiloxane structure and at least one group selected from the group consisting of a maleimide group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, a vinyl group, a hydroxy group, and a (meth)acryl group; a thermally curable resin (C) different from the thermally curable compound (B); and an inorganic filler (D) different from the molybdenum compound (A).

Description

樹脂組成物、樹脂シート、プリプレグ、金属箔張積層板、及びプリント配線板Resin composition, resin sheet, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board
 本発明は、樹脂組成物、樹脂シート、プリプレグ、金属箔張積層板、及びプリント配線板に関する。 The present invention relates to resin compositions, resin sheets, prepregs, metal foil-clad laminates, and printed wiring boards.
 近年、電子機器、通信機、及びパーソナルコンピューター等に広く用いられている半導体パッケージの高集積化、高機能化、及び高密度実装化は、加速している。これに伴い、半導体パッケージ用のプリント配線板に求められる諸特性は、ますます厳しいものとなっている。そのような特性としては、熱膨張率、ドリル加工性、耐熱性、及び難燃性等が挙げられるが、中でも、より高密度な実装を実現するために、優れたドリル加工性の要求が高まっている。 In recent years, semiconductor packages, which are widely used in electronic devices, communication devices, personal computers, etc., are becoming more highly integrated, highly functional, and highly densely mounted. Along with this, various characteristics required for printed wiring boards for semiconductor packages are becoming more and more severe. Such properties include coefficient of thermal expansion, drillability, heat resistance, flame retardancy, etc. Among them, the demand for excellent drillability is increasing in order to realize higher density mounting. ing.
 この点、特許文献1には、モリブデン化合物を含む、プリント配線板用の樹脂組成物が記載されている。また、この樹脂組成物には、シリコーンパウダーを含んでもよいことが記載されている。 In this regard, Patent Document 1 describes a resin composition for printed wiring boards containing a molybdenum compound. Moreover, it is described that the resin composition may contain silicone powder.
WO2013/047203WO2013/047203
 しかしながら、特許文献1に記載の樹脂組成物を用いて得られる硬化物は、硬いことや、ドリル加工時に発生する切削片(切り粉)の排出性が悪いことなどに起因し、ドリル加工時の孔位置精度が低下すること、ドリルビットの摩耗が早くなりドリルビットの交換頻度が増えること、ドリルビットの折損が生じ易くなること等、ドリル加工性を悪化させるという問題がある。また、ドリルビットの摩耗により、加工孔の内径が不均一となり、更に、その内径の凹凸に起因して、層間剥離が生じるとの問題がある。 However, the cured product obtained using the resin composition described in Patent Document 1 is hard and has poor dischargeability of cutting chips (chips) generated during drilling. There are problems such as deterioration of drilling workability, such as deterioration of hole position accuracy, accelerated wear of the drill bit, increasing the frequency of replacement of the drill bit, and increased susceptibility to breakage of the drill bit. Further, there is a problem that the inner diameter of the machined hole becomes uneven due to wear of the drill bit, and furthermore, delamination occurs due to the unevenness of the inner diameter.
 本発明は、上述の課題を解決するためになされたものであり、ドリル加工性に優れる樹脂シート及びプリプレグの製造に好適に用いられる樹脂組成物、該樹脂組成物を用いて得られる、樹脂シート、プリプレグ、金属箔張積層板、並びにプリント配線板を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and includes a resin composition that is suitably used for producing a resin sheet and a prepreg that are excellent in drillability, and a resin sheet that is obtained using the resin composition. , prepregs, metal foil-clad laminates, and printed wiring boards.
 すなわち、本発明は以下のとおりである。
 [1]モリブデン化合物(A)と、マレイミド基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、カルボキシル基、ビニル基、ヒドロキシ基、及び(メタ)アクリル基からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物(B)と、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)とは異なる熱硬化性樹脂(C)と、前記モリブデン化合物(A)とは異なる無機充填材(D)と、を含む、樹脂組成物。
That is, the present invention is as follows.
[1] molybdenum compound (A), at least one group selected from the group consisting of a maleimide group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, a vinyl group, a hydroxy group, and a (meth)acrylic group, and polysiloxane a thermosetting compound (B) comprising a structure, a thermosetting resin (C) different from the thermosetting compound (B), an inorganic filler (D) different from the molybdenum compound (A), A resin composition comprising:
 [2]前記モリブデン化合物(A)が、モリブデン酸、モリブデン酸亜鉛、モリブデン酸アンモニウム、モリブデン酸ナトリウム、モリブデン酸カリウム、モリブデン酸カルシウム、二硫化モリブデン、三酸化モリブデン、モリブデン酸水和物、及びモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、[1]に記載の樹脂組成物。 [2] The molybdenum compound (A) is molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, ammonium molybdate, sodium molybdate, potassium molybdate, calcium molybdate, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum trioxide, molybdenum hydrate, and molybdenum The resin composition according to [1], comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of ammonium zincate hydrate.
 [3]前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、前記マレイミド基を含む、[1]又は[2]に記載の樹脂組成物。 [3] The resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the thermosetting compound (B) contains the maleimide group.
 [4]前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、マレイミド化合物に由来する構成単位とを含む、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [4] The resin according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the thermosetting compound (B) contains at least structural units derived from an amino-modified silicone and structural units derived from a maleimide compound. Composition.
 [5]前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アミノ変性シリコーンと、マレイミド化合物と、カルボン酸及び/又はカルボン酸無水物と、を重合して得られる重合体である、[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [5] The thermosetting compound (B) is a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least an amino-modified silicone, a maleimide compound, and a carboxylic acid and/or a carboxylic acid anhydride, [1]- The resin composition according to any one of [4].
 [6]前記アミノ変性シリコーンが、下記式(1)で表されるアミノ変性シリコーンを含む、[4]又は[5]に記載の樹脂組成物。 [6] The resin composition according to [4] or [5], wherein the amino-modified silicone contains an amino-modified silicone represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 (式(1)中、Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、Rは、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基、又はアリーレン基を示し、nは、1~100の整数を示す。)。 (In formula (1), R a each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a phenyl group, each R b independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group, and n is represents an integer from 1 to 100).
 [7]前記モリブデン化合物(A)が、モリブデン酸、モリブデン酸亜鉛、モリブデン酸アンモニウム、モリブデン酸ナトリウム、モリブデン酸カリウム、モリブデン酸カルシウム、二硫化モリブデン、三酸化モリブデン、モリブデン酸水和物、及びモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、前記マレイミド基を含み、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、マレイミド化合物に由来する構成単位とを、更に含み、前記アミノ変性シリコーンが、下記式(1)で表されるアミノ変性シリコーンを含む、[1]に記載の樹脂組成物。 [7] The molybdenum compound (A) includes molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, ammonium molybdate, sodium molybdate, potassium molybdate, calcium molybdate, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum trioxide, molybdenum hydrate, and molybdenum. containing at least one selected from the group consisting of zinc acid ammonium hydrate, the thermosetting compound (B) containing the maleimide group, and the thermosetting compound (B) containing at least an amino-modified silicone and a structural unit derived from a maleimide compound, wherein the amino-modified silicone comprises an amino-modified silicone represented by the following formula (1): .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 (式(1)中、Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、Rbは、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基、又はアリーレン基を示し、nは、1~100の整数を示す。)。 (In formula (1), R a each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a phenyl group; each R b independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group; n is represents an integer from 1 to 100).
 [8]前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、前記エポキシ基及び/又は前記ヒドロキシ基を含む、[1]又は[2]に記載の樹脂組成物。 [8] The resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the thermosetting compound (B) contains the epoxy group and/or the hydroxy group.
 [9]前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アルケニルフェノールに由来する構成単位と、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、前記エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位と、を含む、[1]、[2]、及び[8]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [9] The thermosetting compound (B) contains at least a structural unit derived from alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from epoxy-modified silicone, and a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone. The resin composition according to any one of [1], [2], and [8].
 [10]前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アルケニルフェノールと、エポキシ変性シリコーンと、前記エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物と、を重合して得られる重合体である、[1]、[2]、[8]、及び[9]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [10] The thermosetting compound (B) is a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least an alkenylphenol, an epoxy-modified silicone, and an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone, [1], [ 2], [8], and the resin composition according to any one of [9].
 [11]前記エポキシ変性シリコーンが、下記式(2)で表されるエポキシ変性シリコーンを含む、[8]~[10]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [11] The resin composition according to any one of [8] to [10], wherein the epoxy-modified silicone contains an epoxy-modified silicone represented by the following formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 (式(2)中、Rは、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はアラルキレン基を示し、Rは、各々独立に、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はフェニル基を示し、nは、0~100の整数を示す。)。 (In formula (2), each R 1 independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, or an aralkylene group, and each R 2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. and n is an integer from 0 to 100).
 [12]前記モリブデン化合物(A)が、モリブデン酸、モリブデン酸亜鉛、モリブデン酸アンモニウム、モリブデン酸ナトリウム、モリブデン酸カリウム、モリブデン酸カルシウム、二硫化モリブデン、三酸化モリブデン、モリブデン酸水和物、及びモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、前記エポキシ基及び/又は前記ヒドロキシ基を含み、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アルケニルフェノールに由来する構成単位と、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、前記エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位と、を更に含み、前記エポキシ変性シリコーンが、下記式(2)で表されるエポキシ変性シリコーンを含む、[1]に記載の樹脂組成物。 [12] The molybdenum compound (A) contains molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, ammonium molybdate, sodium molybdate, potassium molybdate, calcium molybdate, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum trioxide, molybdic acid hydrate, and molybdenum. containing at least one selected from the group consisting of ammonium zincate hydrate, the thermosetting compound (B) containing the epoxy group and/or the hydroxy group, and the thermosetting compound (B) containing further comprising at least a structural unit derived from an alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from an epoxy-modified silicone, and a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone, wherein the epoxy-modified silicone has the following formula ( The resin composition according to [1], which contains the epoxy-modified silicone represented by 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 (式(2)中、R1は、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はアラルキレン基を示し、R2は、各々独立に、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はフェニル基を示し、nは、0~100の整数を示す。)。 (In formula (2), each R 1 independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, or an aralkylene group; each R 2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group; and n is an integer from 0 to 100).
 [13]前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物、シアン酸エステル化合物、フェノール化合物、アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物、及びエポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、[1]~[12]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [13] The thermosetting resin (C) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds, and epoxy resins, [1] to [ 12], the resin composition according to any one of the above.
 [14]前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物を含む、[13]に記載の樹脂組成物。 [14] The resin composition according to [13], wherein the thermosetting resin (C) contains a maleimide compound.
 [15]前記マレイミド化合物が、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ポリテトラメチレンオキシド-ビス(4-マレイミドベンゾエート)、及び下記式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、[14]に記載の樹脂組成物。 [15] The maleimide compound is bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl ) The resin composition according to [14], which contains at least one selected from the group consisting of methane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), and a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (4): .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 (式(4)中、R5は、各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、n1は1以上の整数を示す。)。 (In formula (4), each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.).
 [16]
 前記マレイミド化合物が、下記式(9)で表されるマレイミド化合物を含む、[14]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[16]
The resin composition according to [14], wherein the maleimide compound includes a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 (式(9)中、R13は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、nは1~10の整数を示す。)。 (In formula (9), each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.).
 [17]前記無機充填材(D)が、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウム、アルミナ、ベーマイト、窒化ホウ素、窒化アルミニウム、酸化チタン、チタン酸バリウム、酸化マグネシウム、及び水酸化マグネシウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、[1]~[16]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [17] At least the inorganic filler (D) is selected from the group consisting of silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide. The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [16], including one.
 [18]前記モリブデン化合物(A)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、0.1~30質量部である、[1]~[17]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [18] The content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). [1] The resin composition according to any one of [17].
 [19]前記熱硬化性化合物(B)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、5~50質量部である、[1]~[18]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [19] The content of the thermosetting compound (B) is 5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). [1] The resin composition according to any one of [18].
 [20]前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、50~95質量部である、[1]~[19]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [20] The content of the thermosetting resin (C) is 50 to 95 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). [1] The resin composition according to any one of [19].
 [21]前記無機充填材(D)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、40~600質量部である、[1]~[20]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。 [21] The content of the inorganic filler (D) is 40 to 600 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). 1] The resin composition according to any one of [20].
 [22]前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物、シアン酸エステル化合物、フェノール化合物、アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物、及びエポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物を含み、前記マレイミド化合物が、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ポリテトラメチレンオキシド-ビス(4-マレイミドベンゾエート)、下記式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物、及び下記式(9)で表されるマレイミド化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、前記無機充填材(D)が、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウム、アルミナ、ベーマイト、窒化ホウ素、窒化アルミニウム、酸化チタン、チタン酸バリウム、酸化マグネシウム、及び水酸化マグネシウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、前記モリブデン化合物(A)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、0.1~30質量部であり、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、5~50質量部であり、前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、50~95質量部であり、前記無機充填材(D)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、40~600質量部である、[7]に記載の樹脂組成物。 [22] The thermosetting resin (C) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds, and epoxy resins, and the thermosetting resin (C) contains a maleimide compound, and the maleimide compound is bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5 -methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (4), and a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (9). and the inorganic filler (D) is selected from silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide. containing at least one selected from the group consisting of, the content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) .1 to 30 parts by mass, and the content of the thermosetting compound (B) is 5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) 50 parts by mass, and the content of the thermosetting resin (C) is 50 to 95 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). and the content of the inorganic filler (D) is 40 to 600 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C), [ 7].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 (式(4)中、R5は、各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、n1は1以上の整数を示す。)。 (In formula (4), each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 (式(9)中、R13は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、nは1~10の整数を示す。)。 (In formula (9), each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.).
 [23]前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物、シアン酸エステル化合物、フェノール化合物、アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物、及びエポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物を含み、前記マレイミド化合物が、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ポリテトラメチレンオキシド-ビス(4-マレイミドベンゾエート)、下記式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物、及び下記式(9)で表されるマレイミド化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、前記無機充填材(D)が、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウム、アルミナ、ベーマイト、窒化ホウ素、窒化アルミニウム、酸化チタン、チタン酸バリウム、酸化マグネシウム、及び水酸化マグネシウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、前記モリブデン化合物(A)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、0.1~30質量部であり、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、5~50質量部であり、
 前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、50~95質量部であり、前記無機充填材(D)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、40~600質量部である、[12]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[23] The thermosetting resin (C) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds, and epoxy resins, and the thermosetting resin (C) contains a maleimide compound, and the maleimide compound is bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5 -methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (4), and a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (9). and the inorganic filler (D) is selected from silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide. containing at least one selected from the group consisting of, the content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) .1 to 30 parts by mass, and the content of the thermosetting compound (B) is 5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) 50 parts by mass,
The content of the thermosetting resin (C) is 50 to 95 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C), and the inorganic filling The content of the material (D) is 40 to 600 parts by mass with respect to the total 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). The resin according to [12]. Composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 (式(4)中、R5は、各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、n1は1以上の整数を示す。)。 (In formula (4), each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 (式(9)中、R13は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、nは1~10の整数を示す。)。 (In formula (9), each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.).
 [24]支持体と、前記支持体の片面又は両面に配された樹脂層と、を有し、前記樹脂層が、[1]~[23]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物を含む、樹脂シート。 [24] A support and a resin layer disposed on one or both sides of the support, wherein the resin layer contains the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [23]. resin sheet.
 [25]基材と、前記基材に含浸又は塗布された、[1]~[23]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物と、を含む、プリプレグ。 [25] A prepreg comprising a base material and the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [23] impregnated or applied to the base material.
 [26][24]に記載の樹脂シートで形成された積層体と、前記積層体の片面又は両面に配された金属箔と、を含む、金属箔張積層板。 [26] A metal foil-clad laminate comprising a laminate formed of the resin sheet described in [24] and a metal foil disposed on one side or both sides of the laminate.
 [27][25]に記載のプリプレグで形成された積層体と、前記積層体の片面又は両面に配された金属箔と、を含む、金属箔張積層板。 [27] A metal foil clad laminate comprising a laminate formed of the prepreg described in [25] and a metal foil disposed on one side or both sides of the laminate.
 [28][24]に記載の樹脂シート、及び[25]に記載のプリプレグで形成された積層体と、前記積層体の片面又は両面に配された金属箔と、を含む、金属箔張積層板。
 [24]に記載の樹脂シート、及び[25]に記載のプリプレグからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種で形成された積層体と、前記積層体の片面又は両面に配された金属箔と、を含む、金属箔張積層板。
[28] A metal foil clad laminate comprising a laminate formed of the resin sheet of [24] and the prepreg of [25], and a metal foil disposed on one or both sides of the laminate. board.
A laminate formed of at least one selected from the group consisting of the resin sheet according to [24] and the prepreg according to [25], a metal foil disposed on one side or both sides of the laminate, A metal foil clad laminate comprising:
 [29]絶縁層と、前記絶縁層の片面又は両面に形成された導体層と、を有し、前記絶縁層が、[1]~[23]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む、プリント配線板。 [29] It has an insulating layer and a conductor layer formed on one side or both sides of the insulating layer, and the insulating layer is a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [23]. printed wiring boards, including;
 本発明の樹脂組成物によれば、ドリル加工性に優れる、樹脂シート、プリプレグ、金属箔張積層板、及びプリント配線板を提供することができる。 According to the resin composition of the present invention, it is possible to provide resin sheets, prepregs, metal foil-clad laminates, and printed wiring boards that are excellent in drillability.
 以下、本発明を実施するための形態(以下、「本実施形態」という。)について詳細に説明する。以下の本実施形態は、本発明を説明するための例示であり、本発明を以下の内容に限定する趣旨ではない。本発明はその要旨の範囲内で、適宜に変形して実施できる。 Hereinafter, the form for carrying out the present invention (hereinafter referred to as "this embodiment") will be described in detail. The following embodiments are examples for explaining the present invention, and are not intended to limit the present invention to the following contents. The present invention can be appropriately modified and implemented within the scope of the gist thereof.
 なお、本明細書における「(メタ)アクリル」とは「アクリル」及びそれに対応する「メタクリル」の両方を意味する。また、本実施形態において、「樹脂固形分」又は「樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分」とは、特に断りのない限り、樹脂組成物における、添加剤、溶剤、及び充填材を除いた成分をいい、「樹脂固形分100質量部」とは、樹脂組成物における、添加剤、溶剤、及び充填材を除いた成分の合計が100質量部であることをいう。また、「樹脂固形分100質量%」とは、樹脂組成物における、添加剤、溶剤、及び充填材を除いた成分の合計が100質量%であることをいう。なお、充填材には、モリブデン化合物(A)及び無機充填材(D)が含まれる。 "(Meth)acryl" in this specification means both "acryl" and "methacryl" corresponding thereto. Further, in the present embodiment, unless otherwise specified, the "resin solid content" or "resin solid content in the resin composition" refers to the components of the resin composition excluding additives, solvents, and fillers. The phrase "100 parts by mass of resin solids" means that the total amount of components in the resin composition excluding additives, solvents, and fillers is 100 parts by mass. In addition, "100% by mass of resin solid content" means that the total amount of components excluding additives, solvents, and fillers in the resin composition is 100% by mass. In addition, a molybdenum compound (A) and an inorganic filler (D) are contained in a filler.
[樹脂組成物]
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、モリブデン化合物(A)と、マレイミド基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、カルボキシル基、ビニル基、ヒドロキシ基、及び(メタ)アクリル基からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物(B)と、熱硬化性化合物(B)とは異なる熱硬化性樹脂(C)と、モリブデン化合物(A)とは異なる無機充填材(D)と、を含む。
[Resin composition]
The resin composition of the present embodiment includes a molybdenum compound (A) and at least one selected from the group consisting of a maleimide group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, a vinyl group, a hydroxy group, and a (meth)acrylic group. A thermosetting compound (B) containing a group and a polysiloxane structure, a thermosetting resin (C) different from the thermosetting compound (B), and an inorganic filler different from the molybdenum compound (A) ( D) and
 <モリブデン化合物(A)>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、モリブデン化合物(A)を含む。樹脂組成物がモリブデン化合物(A)を含むことにより、その樹脂組成物を用いて得られる、樹脂シート、プリプレグ、及び金属箔張積層板等のドリル加工性が向上して、良好な加工孔品質が得られ、ドリル加工の寿命を延ばすことができる。
<Molybdenum compound (A)>
The resin composition of this embodiment contains a molybdenum compound (A). By including the molybdenum compound (A) in the resin composition, the drillability of resin sheets, prepregs, metal foil-clad laminates, etc. obtained using the resin composition is improved, and good hole quality is achieved. can be obtained, and the life of drilling can be extended.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物を用いることにより、樹脂シート、プリプレグ、及び金属箔張積層板等のドリル加工性が優れる理由について、本発明者らは次のように推定している。すなわち、モリブデン化合物(A)が奏する潤滑性と、熱硬化性化合物(B)が有するポリシロキサン構造に由来する離形作用とにより、ドリル加工において生じる切り粉が、ダマ状等にならず、円滑に排出される。また、モリブデン化合物(A)と、熱硬化性化合物(B)と、熱硬化性樹脂(C)と、無機充填材(D)とが硬化して得られる硬化物は、優れた熱安定性を有する。そのため、ドリル加工において摩擦熱が発生しても、硬化物を構成するモリブデン化合物(A)及び熱硬化性化合物(B)が熱分解することなく、工具刃先と切削する被加工材との間の摩擦力を低減させる潤滑作用と、切り粉を排出させる離形作用を維持することができる。その結果、ダマ状等の切り粉をドリルビットが踏むことによって起こるドリルビットの摩耗及び折損を防ぐことができる。また、これらの相乗効果により、ドリルビットの加工対象への食いつき性も良好となり、ドリルビットの求芯性が向上することで、孔位置精度が向上すると推定している。 The present inventors presume as follows about the reason why the resin sheet, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and the like have excellent drillability by using the resin composition of the present embodiment. That is, due to the lubricity exhibited by the molybdenum compound (A) and the mold-releasing action derived from the polysiloxane structure of the thermosetting compound (B), the chips generated during drilling do not form lumps, etc., and are smooth. discharged to In addition, the cured product obtained by curing the molybdenum compound (A), the thermosetting compound (B), the thermosetting resin (C), and the inorganic filler (D) has excellent thermal stability. have. Therefore, even if frictional heat is generated during drilling, the molybdenum compound (A) and the thermosetting compound (B) that make up the hardened material do not thermally decompose, and the gap between the cutting edge of the tool and the workpiece to be cut does not decompose. It is possible to maintain the lubricating action that reduces the frictional force and the releasing action that discharges chips. As a result, it is possible to prevent wear and breakage of the drill bit caused by the drill bit stepping on chips such as clumps. In addition, it is presumed that the synergistic effect of these factors improves the biting ability of the drill bit to the workpiece, and improves the centripetal property of the drill bit, thereby improving the hole position accuracy.
 モリブデン化合物(A)としては、モリブデンを分子内に含むものであれば、特に限定されない。例えば、モリブデン酸、ZnMoO及びZnMo等のモリブデン酸亜鉛、モリブデン酸アンモニウム、モリブデン酸ナトリウム、モリブデン酸カリウム、モリブデン酸カルシウム、二硫化モリブデン、三酸化モリブデン、モリブデン酸水和物、並びに(NH)ZnMo・(HO)等のモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物等が挙げられる。これらの化合物は、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。
 これらの中でも、有機金属触媒として作用しない点と、より良好なドリル加工性及び熱安定性が得られる点から、モリブデン酸、モリブデン酸亜鉛、及びモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物が好ましい。
The molybdenum compound (A) is not particularly limited as long as it contains molybdenum in its molecule. For example, molybdic acid, zinc molybdate such as ZnMoO4 and Zn3Mo2O9 , ammonium molybdate , sodium molybdate, potassium molybdate, calcium molybdate, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum trioxide, molybdate hydrate, and zinc ammonium molybdate hydrates such as (NH 4 )Zn 2 Mo 2 O 9. (H 3 O). These compounds can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
Among these, molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, and zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate are preferable because they do not act as an organometallic catalyst and because better drill workability and thermal stability can be obtained.
 モリブデン化合物(A)は、樹脂組成物への配合時の形態は特に限定されず、単独(非担持型)であってもよい。本実施形態において、モリブデン化合物の非担持型とは、モリブデン化合物からなるコア粒子の表面の少なくとも一部に無機酸化物等が何も形成されていない、モリブデン化合物単独である形態を称する。 The form of the molybdenum compound (A) when blended into the resin composition is not particularly limited, and it may be singly (unsupported type). In the present embodiment, the molybdenum compound-unsupported type refers to a form of a molybdenum compound alone, in which no inorganic oxide or the like is formed on at least a part of the surface of the core particles made of the molybdenum compound.
 モリブデン化合物(非担持型)の平均粒子径(D50)は、樹脂組成物への分散性及びドリル加工性の観点から、0.1~10μmであることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.5~8μmであり、更に好ましくは1~4μmであり、更により好ましくは1~3μmである。また、本実施形態において、平均粒子径(D50)とは、メディアン径を意味し、測定した粉体の粒度分布を2つに分けたときの大きい側と小さい側が等量となる値である。平均粒子径(D50)は、レーザー回折散乱式の粒子径分布測定装置により、分散媒中に所定量投入された粉体の粒度分布を測定し、小さい粒子から体積積算して全体積の50%に達したときの値を意味する。 The average particle size (D50) of the molybdenum compound (non-supported type) is preferably 0.1 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 8 μm, from the viewpoint of dispersibility in the resin composition and drill workability. , more preferably 1 to 4 μm, still more preferably 1 to 3 μm. In the present embodiment, the average particle diameter (D50) means the median diameter, and is a value in which the larger side and the smaller side are equal when the measured particle size distribution of the powder is divided into two. The average particle size (D50) is obtained by measuring the particle size distribution of a powder put in a predetermined amount in a dispersion medium with a laser diffraction scattering type particle size distribution measuring device, and 50% of the total volume by volume integration from small particles. means the value when it reaches
 また、モリブデン化合物(A)は、モリブデン化合物からなるコア粒子の表面の少なくとも一部に無機酸化物が形成された表面処理モリブデン粒子(担持型)であってもよい。無機酸化物は、コア粒子の表面の少なくとも一部に付与されていればよい。無機酸化物は、コア粒子の表面に部分的に付与されていても、コア粒子の表面のすべてを覆うように付与されていてもよい。ドリル加工性及び耐熱性の両立の観点から、無機酸化物はコア粒子の表面のすべてを覆うように均一に付与されている、すなわち、コア粒子の表面に無機酸化物の被膜が均一に形成されていることが好ましい。 In addition, the molybdenum compound (A) may be surface-treated molybdenum particles (supported type) in which an inorganic oxide is formed on at least part of the surface of core particles made of a molybdenum compound. The inorganic oxide may be applied to at least part of the surface of the core particles. The inorganic oxide may be partially applied to the surfaces of the core particles, or may be applied so as to cover the entire surfaces of the core particles. From the viewpoint of both drilling workability and heat resistance, the inorganic oxide is uniformly applied so as to cover the entire surface of the core particle, that is, the inorganic oxide film is uniformly formed on the surface of the core particle. preferably.
 表面処理モリブデン粒子(担持型)としては、例えば、上述のモリブデン化合物の粒子を、シランカップリング剤を用いて表面処理して得られるもの、あるいは、ゾルゲル法又は液相析出法等の手法でその表面を無機酸化物で処理して得られるものが挙げられる。表面に無機酸化物が形成された表面処理モリブデン粒子は、熱に対しては無機酸化物が有効に作用し、ドリル加工に対してはモリブデン化合物が有効に作用する。そのため、ドリル加工性と耐熱性という二つの相反する特性を高度に両立させることが可能となる。 Examples of the surface-treated molybdenum particles (supported type) include those obtained by surface-treating the molybdenum compound particles described above using a silane coupling agent, or those obtained by a method such as a sol-gel method or a liquid phase deposition method. Examples include those obtained by treating the surface with an inorganic oxide. In the surface-treated molybdenum particles having an inorganic oxide formed on the surface, the inorganic oxide acts effectively against heat, and the molybdenum compound acts effectively against drilling. Therefore, it is possible to achieve a high degree of compatibility between the two contradictory properties of drillability and heat resistance.
 無機酸化物としては、耐熱性に優れるものが好ましく、その種類は特に限定されないが、金属酸化物がより好ましい。金属酸化物としては、例えば、SiO、Al、TiO、ZnO、In、SnO、NiO、CoO、V、CuO、MgO、及びZrO等が挙げられる。これらは、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。これらの中でも、耐熱性、絶縁特性、及びコスト等の点から、シリカ(SiO)、チタニア(TiO)、アルミナ(Al)、及びジルコニア(ZrO)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、シリカがより好ましい。 As the inorganic oxide, one having excellent heat resistance is preferable, and the type thereof is not particularly limited, but a metal oxide is more preferable. Examples of metal oxides include SiO2 , Al2O3 , TiO2 , ZnO, In2O3 , SnO2 , NiO, CoO, V2O5 , CuO, MgO , and ZrO2 . These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate. Among these, it is selected from the group consisting of silica (SiO 2 ), titania (TiO 2 ), alumina (Al 2 O 3 ), and zirconia (ZrO 2 ) in terms of heat resistance, insulating properties, cost, etc. At least one is preferred, and silica is more preferred.
 すなわち、モリブデン化合物(A)としては、モリブデン化合物からなるコア粒子の表面の少なくとも一部又は表面の全て、すなわちコア粒子の外周の少なくとも一部又は外周の全てに、無機酸化物が付与されていることが好ましい。このようなモリブデン化合物(A)の中でも、モリブデン化合物からなるコア粒子の表面の少なくとも一部又は表面の全て、すなわちコア粒子の外周の少なくとも一部又は外周の全てに、無機酸化物としてシリカが付与されていることがより好ましい。コア粒子としては、モリブデン酸、モリブデン酸亜鉛、及びモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。 That is, as the molybdenum compound (A), an inorganic oxide is applied to at least part of the surface or all of the surface of the core particle made of the molybdenum compound, that is, at least part of or all of the outer periphery of the core particle. is preferred. Among such molybdenum compounds (A), silica is added as an inorganic oxide to at least part of the surface or all of the surface of the core particles made of the molybdenum compound, i.e., at least part of or all of the outer periphery of the core particles. More preferably. More preferably, the core particles are at least one selected from the group consisting of molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, and zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate.
 表面の無機酸化物の厚さは、所望の性能に応じて適宜設定することができ、特に限定されない。均一な無機酸化物の被膜を形成する点と、ドリル加工性の改善効果をより顕著に発揮させるとともに、より高い耐熱性を付与する点から、その厚さは、3~500nmであることが好ましく、より好ましくは10~200nmであり、さらに好ましくは15~100nmである。 The thickness of the inorganic oxide on the surface can be appropriately set according to the desired performance, and is not particularly limited. The thickness is preferably 3 to 500 nm from the viewpoints of forming a uniform inorganic oxide film, exhibiting the effect of improving drillability more remarkably, and imparting higher heat resistance. , more preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 15 to 100 nm.
 表面処理モリブデン粒子の平均粒子径(D50)は、樹脂組成物への分散性及びドリル加工性の観点から、0.1~10μmであることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.5~8μmであり、更に好ましくは1~4μmであり、更により好ましくは1~3μmである。 The average particle diameter (D50) of the surface-treated molybdenum particles is preferably 0.1 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 8 μm, from the viewpoint of dispersibility in the resin composition and drillability, It is more preferably 1 to 4 μm, and even more preferably 1 to 3 μm.
 モリブデン化合物からなるコア粒子は、粉砕法や造粒法等の各種公知の方法により製造することができ、その製法は特に限定されない。また、その市販品を用いてもよい。 Core particles made of a molybdenum compound can be produced by various known methods such as pulverization and granulation, and the production method is not particularly limited. Moreover, you may use the commercial item.
 表面処理モリブデン粒子の製造方法は、特に限定されず、例えば、ゾルゲル法、液相析出法、浸漬塗布法、スプレー塗布法、印刷法、無電解メッキ法、スパッタリング法、蒸着法、イオンプレーティング法、及びCVD法等の各種公知の手法を適宜採用して、無機酸化物又はその前駆体をモリブデン化合物からなるコア粒子の表面に付与することで、表面処理モリブデン粒子を得ることができる。無機酸化物又はその前駆体をモリブデン化合物からなるコア粒子の表面に付与する方法は、湿式法、あるいは乾式法のいずれで構わない。 The method for producing the surface-treated molybdenum particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a sol-gel method, a liquid phase deposition method, a dip coating method, a spray coating method, a printing method, an electroless plating method, a sputtering method, a vapor deposition method, and an ion plating method. , and CVD, etc., to provide the inorganic oxide or its precursor to the surface of the core particles made of the molybdenum compound, thereby obtaining the surface-treated molybdenum particles. The method of applying the inorganic oxide or its precursor to the surface of the core particles made of the molybdenum compound may be either a wet method or a dry method.
 表面処理モリブデン粒子の好適な製造方法としては、例えば、ケイ素アルコキシド(アルコキシシラン)、アルミニウムアルコキシドなどの金属アルコキシドを溶解したアルコール溶液に、モリブデン化合物(コア粒子)を分散し、撹拌させながら水とアルコール及び触媒の混合溶液を滴下し、アルコキシドを加水分解することにより、化合物表面に低屈折率被膜として酸化ケイ素あるいは酸化アルミニウム等の被膜を形成し、その後、得られた粉体を固液分離し、真空乾燥後、熱処理を施す方法が挙げられる。この他の好適な製造方法として、例えば、ケイ素アルコキシド、アルミニウムアルコキシドなどの金属アルコキシドを溶解したアルコール溶液に、モリブデン化合物(コア粒子)を分散し、高温低圧下で混合処理をして、化合物表面に酸化ケイ素あるいは酸化アルミニウム等の被膜を形成し、その後、得られた粉体を真空乾燥し、解砕処理する方法が挙げられる。これらの方法により、モリブデン化合物の表面にシリカやアルミナ等の金属酸化物の被膜を有するモリブデン粒子が得られる。 As a suitable method for producing surface-treated molybdenum particles, for example, a molybdenum compound (core particles) is dispersed in an alcohol solution in which a metal alkoxide such as silicon alkoxide (alkoxysilane) or aluminum alkoxide is dissolved, and water and alcohol are mixed with stirring. and a mixed solution of the catalyst is added dropwise to hydrolyze the alkoxide to form a film such as silicon oxide or aluminum oxide as a low refractive index film on the surface of the compound, after which the obtained powder is solid-liquid separated, A method of performing heat treatment after vacuum drying may be mentioned. As another suitable production method, for example, a molybdenum compound (core particles) is dispersed in an alcohol solution in which a metal alkoxide such as silicon alkoxide or aluminum alkoxide is dissolved, and mixed under high temperature and low pressure to form the compound surface. A method of forming a film of silicon oxide, aluminum oxide, or the like, then vacuum-drying the obtained powder, and pulverizing may be mentioned. By these methods, molybdenum particles having a coating of metal oxide such as silica or alumina on the surface of the molybdenum compound can be obtained.
 モリブデン化合物(A)の含有量は、ドリル加工性及び耐熱性の観点から、後述の熱硬化性化合物(B)と後述の熱硬化性樹脂(C)との合計100質量部に対して、0.1~30質量部であることが好ましく、0.3~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.5~5質量部であることが更に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of drillability and heat resistance, the content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) described below and the thermosetting resin (C) described below. It is preferably from 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.3 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably from 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
 <熱硬化性化合物(B)>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、マレイミド基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、カルボキシル基、ビニル基、ヒドロキシ基、及び(メタ)アクリル基からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物(B)を含む。これらの熱硬化性化合物(B)は、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。
<Thermosetting compound (B)>
The resin composition of the present embodiment comprises at least one group selected from the group consisting of maleimide groups, amino groups, epoxy groups, carboxyl groups, vinyl groups, hydroxy groups, and (meth)acrylic groups, and a polysiloxane structure. and a thermosetting compound (B) containing. These thermosetting compounds (B) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
 熱硬化性化合物(B)は、分子中に、シロキサン結合が繰り返し形成されたポリシロキサン骨格を有し、マレイミド基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、カルボキシル基、ビニル基、ヒドロキシ基、及び(メタ)アクリル基からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の基を有すれば、特に限定されない。熱硬化性化合物(B)は、後述の熱硬化性樹脂(C)と良好な反応性を示し、かつ、熱硬化性樹脂(C)との相溶性に優れる。ポリシロキサン骨格は、直鎖状の骨格であってもよく、環状の骨格であってもよく、網目状の骨格であってもよい。この中でも、本実施形態の作用効果をより有効かつ確実に奏する観点から、直鎖状の骨格であることが好ましい。また、熱硬化性化合物(B)は、分子中の両末端に、マレイミド基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、カルボキシル基、ビニル基、ヒドロキシ基、及び(メタ)アクリル基からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の基を有することが、好ましい。分子中の両末端の基は、同じであっても異なっていてもよいが、硬化反応の制御が容易であり、取り扱いが容易になることから、同じであることが好ましい。 The thermosetting compound (B) has a polysiloxane skeleton in which siloxane bonds are repeatedly formed in the molecule, and includes a maleimide group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, a vinyl group, a hydroxy group, and a (meth)acrylic There is no particular limitation as long as it has at least one group selected from the group consisting of groups. The thermosetting compound (B) exhibits good reactivity with the thermosetting resin (C) described below, and has excellent compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C). The polysiloxane skeleton may be a linear skeleton, a cyclic skeleton, or a network skeleton. Among these, a linear skeleton is preferred from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. In addition, the thermosetting compound (B) has, at both ends in the molecule, at least Having one group is preferred. Both terminal groups in the molecule may be the same or different, but are preferably the same because the curing reaction is easily controlled and the handling is facilitated.
 熱硬化性化合物(B)は、23℃の温度下で液状であるか、もしくはメチルエチルケトンを溶剤とする場合に23℃の温度下で該溶剤に対する溶解度が1質量%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以上である。ここで、メチルエチルケトンに対する溶解度は、「(熱硬化性化合物(B)の合計量/(熱硬化性化合物(B)の合計量+溶剤の合計量))×100(質量%)」と定義される。本実施形態において、例えば、熱硬化性化合物(B)の合計量1g以上が、メチルエチルケトン99gに対して溶解すると評価されるのは、熱硬化性化合物(B)のメチルエチルケトンに対する溶解度が「1質量%以上」となる場合であり、溶解性が高くないと評価されるのは、当該溶解度が「1質量%未満」となる場合である。 The thermosetting compound (B) is preferably liquid at a temperature of 23° C., or has a solubility of 1% by mass or more in methyl ethyl ketone at a temperature of 23° C., and more Preferably, it is 5% by mass or more. Here, the solubility in methyl ethyl ketone is defined as "(total amount of thermosetting compound (B)/(total amount of thermosetting compound (B) + total amount of solvent)) x 100 (% by mass)" . In the present embodiment, for example, the total amount of 1 g or more of the thermosetting compound (B) is evaluated to dissolve in 99 g of methyl ethyl ketone because the solubility of the thermosetting compound (B) in methyl ethyl ketone is "1% by mass. or more”, and the solubility is evaluated as not high when the solubility is “less than 1% by mass”.
 分子中に、マレイミド基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物としては、分子中に1個以上のマレイミド基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを有すれば、特に限定されない。 The thermosetting compound containing a maleimide group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more maleimide groups and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule.
 分子中に、アミノ基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物としては、分子中に1個以上のアミノ基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを有すれば、特に限定されない。 The thermosetting compound containing an amino group and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more amino groups and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule.
 分子中に、エポキシ基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物としては、分子中に1個以上のエポキシ基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを有すれば、特に限定されない。 The thermosetting compound containing an epoxy group and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more epoxy groups and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule.
 分子中に、カルボキシル基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物としては、分子中に1個以上のカルボキシル基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを有すれば、特に限定されない。 The thermosetting compound containing a carboxyl group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more carboxyl groups and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule.
 分子中に、ビニル基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物としては、分子中に1個以上のビニル基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを有すれば、特に限定されない。 The thermosetting compound containing a vinyl group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more vinyl groups and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule.
 分子中に、ヒドロキシ基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物としては、分子中に1個以上のヒドロキシ基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを有すれば、特に限定されない。 The thermosetting compound containing a hydroxy group and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more hydroxy groups and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule.
 分子中に、(メタ)アクリル基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物としては、分子中に1個以上の(メタ)アクリル基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを有すれば、特に限定されない。 The thermosetting compound containing a (meth)acrylic group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more (meth)acrylic groups and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule. .
 熱硬化性化合物(B)としては、熱硬化性樹脂(C)との相溶性により優れる観点から、分子中に、マレイミド基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of better compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C), the thermosetting compound (B) is preferably a thermosetting compound containing a maleimide group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule.
 また、熱硬化性化合物(B)としては、熱硬化性樹脂(C)との相溶性を精密に制御する点と、熱硬化性化合物(B)の粘度を低く保ち成形性を向上させる観点から、分子中に、エポキシ基及び/又はヒドロキシ基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物が好ましい。
 エポキシ基及びヒドロキシ基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物としては、分子中に1個以上のエポキシ基と、分子中に1個以上のヒドロキシ基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを有すれば、特に限定されない。
In addition, as the thermosetting compound (B), from the viewpoint of precisely controlling the compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C) and maintaining the viscosity of the thermosetting compound (B) low and improving the moldability , a thermosetting compound containing an epoxy group and/or a hydroxy group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule is preferred.
As a thermosetting compound containing an epoxy group, a hydroxy group, and a polysiloxane structure, if it has one or more epoxy groups in the molecule, one or more hydroxy groups in the molecule, and a polysiloxane structure , is not particularly limited.
 熱硬化性化合物(B)の含有量は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、優れた耐熱性及び耐薬品性を奏する点から、熱硬化性化合物(B)と後述の熱硬化性樹脂(C)との合計100質量部に対して、5~50質量部であることが好ましく、10~45質量部であることがより好ましく、15~40質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the thermosetting compound (B) is excellent due to the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of exhibiting excellent heat resistance and chemical resistance, the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin described later It is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 45 parts by mass, even more preferably 15 to 40 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass in total with (C).
 また、後述の重合体(B1)及び(B2)の合計の含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量%に対して、5~50質量%であることが好ましく、10~45質量%であることがより好ましく、15~40質量%であることが更に好ましい。含有量が上記範囲内であると、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた相溶性、低熱膨張性、及び耐薬品性をバランスよく発現できる傾向にある。 In addition, the total content of the polymers (B1) and (B2) described later is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, relative to 100% by mass of the resin solid content. More preferably, 15 to 40% by mass is even more preferable. When the content is within the above range, it tends to be more excellent in the releasing action of discharging chips, and to exhibit more excellent compatibility, low thermal expansion, and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner.
 (熱硬化性化合物(B1))
 熱硬化性化合物(B)は、熱硬化性化合物(B)を構成する成分同士の反応性と熱硬化性樹脂(C)との相溶性改善の観点から、少なくとも、アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、マレイミド化合物に由来する構成単位とを含む、熱硬化性化合物(B1)であることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、「アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位」及び「マレイミド化合物に由来する構成単位」とは、熱硬化性化合物(B1)中に、アミノ変性シリコーン、及びマレイミド化合物の各成分を重合させた構成単位を含むことに加えて、同様の構成単位を与えうる反応等で形成した構成単位を含むこととする。以下、本明細書において、「・・・に由来する構成単位」については、同様に解釈するものとする。後述の重合体(B1)は、熱硬化性化合物(B1)の一種(具体例)であり、アミノ変性シリコーン及びマレイミド化合物については、後述を参照できる。
(Thermosetting compound (B1))
The thermosetting compound (B) is composed of at least an amino-modified silicone from the viewpoint of improving the reactivity between the components constituting the thermosetting compound (B) and the compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C). It is preferably a thermosetting compound (B1) containing a unit and a structural unit derived from a maleimide compound. In the present specification, the terms “structural unit derived from amino-modified silicone” and “structural unit derived from maleimide compound” refer to each component of the amino-modified silicone and maleimide compound in the thermosetting compound (B1). In addition to containing a structural unit obtained by polymerizing, a structural unit formed by a reaction or the like that can give a similar structural unit is included. Hereinafter, in the present specification, "a structural unit derived from" shall be interpreted in the same manner. The polymer (B1) described later is one type (specific example) of the thermosetting compound (B1), and the amino-modified silicone and maleimide compound can be referred to later.
 アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位の含有量は、熱硬化性化合物(B1)中の全構成単位100質量%に対して、好ましくは5~70質量%であり、より好ましくは10~50質量%であり、更に好ましくは15~45質量%である。 The content of structural units derived from amino-modified silicone is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, based on 100% by mass of all structural units in the thermosetting compound (B1). and more preferably 15 to 45% by mass.
 マレイミド化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、熱硬化性化合物(B1)中の全構成単位100質量%に対して、好ましくは30~95質量%であり、より好ましくは50~90質量%であり、更に好ましくは55~85質量%である。 The content of structural units derived from the maleimide compound is preferably 30 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass, based on 100% by mass of all structural units in the thermosetting compound (B1). Yes, more preferably 55 to 85% by mass.
 熱硬化性化合物(B1)におけるアミン価は、好ましくは2.0mgKOH/g以下であり、より好ましくは1.0mgKOH/g以下であり、さらに好ましくは0.5mgKOH/g以下である。なお、アミン価は、1級アミン及び2級アミンの合計量である。アミン価が2.0mgKOH/g以下であると、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、樹脂組成物の粘度の増加、分子量の増加、ワニスのゲル化、及びプリプレグ粘度の上昇を抑制できる傾向にある。また、アミン価は、小さいほど樹脂組成物の粘度の増加、及び分子量の増加等が抑制できる傾向にある。アミン価の下限値は、好ましくは0mgKOH/gである。アミン価は、JIS K 7237:1995に準拠する方法により測定される。 The amine value in the thermosetting compound (B1) is preferably 2.0 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 1.0 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 0.5 mgKOH/g or less. The amine value is the total amount of primary amine and secondary amine. When the amine value is 2.0 mgKOH/g or less, the release effect of discharging cutting chips is excellent, and the increase in the viscosity of the resin composition, the increase in the molecular weight, the gelation of the varnish, and the increase in the prepreg viscosity tend to be suppressed. It is in. In addition, the smaller the amine value, the more likely it is that an increase in the viscosity of the resin composition and an increase in the molecular weight can be suppressed. The lower limit of the amine value is preferably 0 mgKOH/g. Amine value is measured by a method based on JIS K 7237:1995.
 熱硬化性化合物(B1)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは5000~20000であり、より好ましくは10000~15000である。重量平均分子量が5000以上であることにより、プリプレグの熱膨張率が低下する傾向にあり、重量平均分子量が20000以下であることにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、樹脂組成物の粘度の増加、分子量の増加、ワニスのゲル化、及びプリプレグ粘度の上昇を抑制できる傾向にある。熱硬化性化合物(B1)の重量平均分子量を5000~20000とするには、熱硬化性化合物(B1)を調製する際の温度や時間等の反応条件を制御すればよい。本実施形態において、重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミュエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法で測定し、標準ポリスチレン検量線を用いて換算した値として求めることができる。具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法により測定される。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the thermosetting compound (B1) is preferably 5,000 to 20,000, more preferably 10,000 to 15,000. When the weight-average molecular weight is 5,000 or more, the thermal expansion coefficient of the prepreg tends to decrease. increase in molecular weight, gelation of varnish, and increase in prepreg viscosity. In order to adjust the weight average molecular weight of the thermosetting compound (B1) to 5,000 to 20,000, reaction conditions such as temperature and time in preparing the thermosetting compound (B1) may be controlled. In the present embodiment, the weight average molecular weight can be obtained as a value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and converted using a standard polystyrene calibration curve. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples described later.
 (重合体(B1))
 熱硬化性化合物(B)は、それを構成する成分同士の反応性と熱硬化性樹脂(C)との相溶性改善の観点から、少なくとも、アミノ変性シリコーンと、マレイミド化合物と、カルボン酸及び/又はカルボン酸無水物と、を重合して得られる重合体(B1)であることが、好ましい。重合体(B1)は、少なくとも、アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、マレイミド化合物に由来する構成単位とを含む。
(Polymer (B1))
The thermosetting compound (B) contains at least an amino-modified silicone, a maleimide compound, a carboxylic acid and/or or a carboxylic acid anhydride, and the polymer (B1) obtained by polymerizing is preferred. The polymer (B1) contains at least structural units derived from an amino-modified silicone and structural units derived from a maleimide compound.
・アミノ変性シリコーン
 アミノ変性シリコーンは、分子中に1個以上のアミノ基を有するシリコーンであれば特に限定されないが、分子中に2個以上のアミノ基を有するシリコーンであることが好ましく、下記式(1)で表されるアミノ変性シリコーンを含むことがより好ましい。熱硬化性化合物(B1)又は重合体(B1)は、アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位を含有することにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、優れた相溶性を発現できる。アミノ変性シリコーンは、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。
· Amino-modified silicone The amino-modified silicone is not particularly limited as long as it is a silicone having one or more amino groups in the molecule, but is preferably a silicone having two or more amino groups in the molecule, and has the following formula ( More preferably, it contains an amino-modified silicone represented by 1). Since the thermosetting compound (B1) or polymer (B1) contains structural units derived from amino-modified silicone, it is excellent in releasing action to discharge chips and can exhibit excellent compatibility. Amino-modified silicone can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(1)中、Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又はフェニル基を示す。Rは、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基、又はアリーレン基を示す。nは、1~100の整数を示す。 In formula (1), each R a independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a phenyl group. Each R b independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group. n represents an integer of 1-100.
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、及びヘキシル基等の直鎖状アルキル基;イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、及びtert-ブチル基等の分岐状アルキル基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、メチル基が好ましい。 Examples of alkyl groups include linear alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, and hexyl; branched alkyl groups such as isopropyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl. is mentioned. Among these, a methyl group is preferred.
 Rとしては、アルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、及びテトラメチレン基が挙げられる。また、アルキレン基としては、その主鎖において、炭素数が1~4であることがより好ましく、トリメチレン基であることが更に好ましい。 Rb is preferably an alkylene group. Alkylene groups include, for example, methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, and tetramethylene groups. Further, the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms in its main chain, more preferably a trimethylene group.
 アリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、インデニル基、ビフェニル基、及びアントリル基が挙げられる。 Arylene groups include, for example, phenyl groups, naphthyl groups, indenyl groups, biphenyl groups, and anthryl groups.
 アミノ変性シリコーンのアミノ基当量は、好ましくは130~6000g/molであり、より好ましくは500~3000g/molであり、さらに好ましくは600~2500g/molである。アミノ基当量が上記範囲内であることにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れる硬化物を得ることができる。アミノ基当量は、JIS K 7237:1995に準拠する方法により測定される。 The amino group equivalent of the amino-modified silicone is preferably 130-6000 g/mol, more preferably 500-3000 g/mol, still more preferably 600-2500 g/mol. When the amino group equivalent is within the above range, it is possible to obtain a cured product that is excellent in the release action of discharging chips. An amino group equivalent is measured by a method based on JIS K 7237:1995.
 アミノ変性シリコーンは、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により製造された製品を用いてもよい。アミノ変性シリコーンの市販品としては、信越化学工業(株)製の、「X-22-161A」(アミノ基当量:800g/mol)、「X-22-161B」(アミノ基当量:1500g/mol)、及び「KF-8010」(アミノ基当量:430g/mol)等が挙げられる。 Amino-modified silicone may be a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method. Commercial products of amino-modified silicone include "X-22-161A" (amino group equivalent: 800 g/mol) and "X-22-161B" (amino group equivalent: 1500 g/mol) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. ), and “KF-8010” (amino group equivalent: 430 g/mol).
・マレイミド化合物
 マレイミド化合物は、分子中に1個以上のマレイミド基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。マレイミド化合物中のマレイミド基の数は2以上であることが好ましい。マレイミド化合物としては、例えば、N-フェニルマレイミド、N-ヒドロキシフェニルマレイミド、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3,5-ジメチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ビス(3,5-ジエチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ポリテトラメチレンオキシド-ビス(4-マレイミドベンゾエート)、式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物、式(9)で表されるマレイミド化合物、これらマレイミド化合物のプレポリマー、及びマレイミド化合物とアミン化合物とのプレポリマーが挙げられる。マレイミド化合物は、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。
- Maleimide compound The maleimide compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one or more maleimide groups in the molecule. The number of maleimide groups in the maleimide compound is preferably 2 or more. Examples of maleimide compounds include N-phenylmaleimide, N-hydroxyphenylmaleimide, bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3, 5-dimethyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, bis(3,5-diethyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis( 4-maleimidobenzoate), maleimide compounds represented by formula (4), maleimide compounds represented by formula (9), prepolymers of these maleimide compounds, and prepolymers of maleimide compounds and amine compounds. The maleimide compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 これらの中でも、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ポリテトラメチレンオキシド-ビス(4-マレイミドベンゾエート)、式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物、及び式(9)で表されるマレイミド化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパンを含むことがより好ましい。 Among these, bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, poly It preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of tetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), a maleimide compound represented by formula (4), and a maleimide compound represented by formula (9), More preferably, it contains 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(4)中、Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、nは、1以上の整数を示す。 In formula (4), each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
 Rは、水素原子であることが好ましい。nの上限値は、好ましくは10であり、より好ましくは7である。 R5 is preferably a hydrogen atom. The upper limit of n1 is preferably 10, more preferably 7.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(9)中、R13は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、nは1~10の整数を示す。 In formula (9), each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1-10.
 マレイミド化合物は、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により調製した調製品を用いてもよい。マレイミド化合物の市販品としては、ケイ・アイ化成株式会社製品の、「BMI-70」、「BMI-80」、及び「BMI-1000P」、大和化成工業株式会社製品の「BMI-3000」、「BMI-4000」、「BMI-5100」、「BMI-7000」、及び「BMI-2300」、並びに日本化薬株式会社製品の「MIR-3000-70MT」等が挙げられる。 A commercially available product or a preparation prepared by a known method may be used as the maleimide compound. Commercially available maleimide compounds include "BMI-70", "BMI-80" and "BMI-1000P" manufactured by KI Kasei Co., Ltd., and "BMI-3000" and " BMI-4000", "BMI-5100", "BMI-7000", and "BMI-2300", and Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. product "MIR-3000-70MT".
・カルボン酸及びカルボン酸無水物
 カルボン酸は、特に限定されないが、マレイン酸、フタル酸、コハク酸、酢酸、及びプロピオン酸からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、マレイン酸、フタル酸、コハク酸、及び酢酸からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることがより好ましく、マレイン酸、フタル酸、及びコハク酸からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが更に好ましい。
 カルボン酸無水物は、特に限定されないが、無水マレイン酸、無水フタル酸、無水コハク酸、無水酢酸、及び無水プロピオン酸からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、無水マレイン酸、無水フタル酸、無水コハク酸、及び無水酢酸からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることがより好ましく、無水マレイン酸、無水フタル酸、及び無水コハク酸からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが更に好ましい。
Carboxylic acid and carboxylic anhydride Carboxylic acid is not particularly limited, but preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of maleic acid, phthalic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid, maleic acid, It is more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of phthalic acid, succinic acid and acetic acid, and more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of maleic acid, phthalic acid and succinic acid. .
The carboxylic anhydride is not particularly limited, but is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, acetic anhydride, and propionic anhydride, maleic anhydride, It is more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and acetic anhydride, and at least one selected from the group consisting of maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, and succinic anhydride. is more preferable.
 これらの中でも、一価のカルボン酸及び/又は一価のカルボン酸無水物、あるいは、二価のカルボン酸及び/又は二価のカルボン酸無水物であることが好ましく、二価のカルボン酸及び/又は二価のカルボン酸無水物であることが更に好ましい。カルボン酸及び/又はカルボン酸無水物は、それぞれ、二価のカルボン酸及び/又は二価のカルボン酸無水物であることにより、一価のカルボン酸及び/又は一価のカルボン酸無水物である場合と比較して、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れる硬化物が得られる傾向にある。 Among these, a monovalent carboxylic acid and/or a monovalent carboxylic acid anhydride, or a divalent carboxylic acid and/or a divalent carboxylic acid anhydride are preferred, and a divalent carboxylic acid and/or or a divalent carboxylic acid anhydride is more preferred. The carboxylic acid and/or carboxylic anhydride is a monovalent carboxylic acid and/or monovalent carboxylic anhydride by being a divalent carboxylic acid and/or divalent carboxylic anhydride respectively Compared to the case, there is a tendency to obtain a cured product that is excellent due to the mold release action that discharges shavings.
 カルボン酸及びカルボン酸無水物は、それぞれ、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。また、カルボン酸及びカルボン酸無水物は、それぞれを単独で用いてもよく、併用してもよい。 Carboxylic acid and carboxylic anhydride can be used singly or in appropriate combination of two or more. Carboxylic acid and carboxylic anhydride may be used alone or in combination.
 本実施形態において、カルボン酸のみを用いることと比較して、カルボン酸無水物のみを用いることが好ましい。カルボン酸無水物は反応性により優れるため、重合体(B1)中のアミノ基と反応することで、重合体(B1)の反応性を好適に抑制できる傾向にある。その結果、重合体(B1)を含む樹脂組成物及びプリプレグの保存安定性(例えば、樹脂組成物の粘度の増加、分子量の増加、ワニスのゲル化、及びプリプレグ粘度の上昇等の抑制)に優れ、熱硬化性樹脂(C)と混合した際の成形性にも優れる傾向にある。 In the present embodiment, using only carboxylic acid anhydride is preferable to using only carboxylic acid. Since the carboxylic anhydride is superior in reactivity, it tends to favorably suppress the reactivity of the polymer (B1) by reacting with the amino group in the polymer (B1). As a result, the resin composition containing the polymer (B1) and the prepreg have excellent storage stability (for example, suppression of increase in viscosity of the resin composition, increase in molecular weight, gelation of varnish, and increase in prepreg viscosity). , the moldability tends to be excellent when mixed with the thermosetting resin (C).
 重合体(B1)における、アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位の含有量は、重合体(B1)中の全構成単位100質量%に対して、好ましくは15~60質量%であり、より好ましくは20~55質量%であり、更に好ましくは30~50質量%である。 The content of structural units derived from amino-modified silicone in the polymer (B1) is preferably 15 to 60% by mass, more preferably 100% by mass of all structural units in the polymer (B1). It is 20 to 55% by mass, more preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
 重合体(B1)における、マレイミド化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、重合体(B1)中の全構成単位100質量%に対して、好ましくは35~75質量%であり、より好ましくは40~70質量%であり、更に好ましくは44~65質量%である。 The content of the structural unit derived from the maleimide compound in the polymer (B1) is preferably 35 to 75% by mass, more preferably 40%, based on 100% by mass of all structural units in the polymer (B1). 70 mass %, more preferably 44 to 65 mass %.
 重合体(B1)における、カルボン酸及び/又はカルボン酸無水物に由来する構成単位の含有量(合計含有量)は、重合体(B1)中の全構成単位100質量%に対して、好ましくは0.1~10質量%であり、より好ましくは0.5~7質量%であり、更に好ましくは1~6質量%である。 The content (total content) of structural units derived from carboxylic acid and/or carboxylic anhydride in the polymer (B1) is preferably It is 0.1 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.5 to 7 mass %, still more preferably 1 to 6 mass %.
・熱硬化性化合物(B1)又は重合体(B1)の製造方法
 熱硬化性化合物(B1)又は重合体(B1)の製造方法は、特に限定されないが、アミノ変性シリコーンとマレイミド化合物とを反応させて一次ポリマーを得る第一反応工程(以下、単に「第一反応工程」とも称する)と、一次ポリマーとカルボン酸及び/又はカルボン酸無水物とを反応させる第二反応工程(以下、単に「第二反応工程」とも称する)と、を有することが、より優れた保存安定性を有する、熱硬化性化合物(B1)又は重合体(B1)が得られる点から好ましい。
- Method for producing thermosetting compound (B1) or polymer (B1) The method for producing the thermosetting compound (B1) or polymer (B1) is not particularly limited, but an amino-modified silicone and a maleimide compound are reacted. A first reaction step (hereinafter simply referred to as “first reaction step”) to obtain a primary polymer, and a second reaction step (hereinafter simply referred to as “second It is preferable to have a thermosetting compound (B1) or a polymer (B1) having better storage stability.
 第一反応工程において、アミノ変性シリコーンの配合量は、アミノ変性シリコーンとマレイミド化合物との合計100質量%に対して、好ましくは5~70質量%であり、より好ましくは10~50質量%であり、更に好ましくは15~45質量%である。 In the first reaction step, the amount of the amino-modified silicone compounded is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, based on the total 100% by mass of the amino-modified silicone and the maleimide compound. , more preferably 15 to 45% by mass.
 第一反応工程において、マレイミド化合物の配合量は、アミノ変性シリコーンとマレイミド化合物との合計100質量%に対して、好ましくは30~95質量%であり、より好ましくは50~90質量%であり、更に好ましくは55~85質量%である。 In the first reaction step, the amount of the maleimide compound compounded is preferably 30 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass, based on the total 100% by mass of the amino-modified silicone and the maleimide compound, More preferably, it is 55 to 85% by mass.
 第一反応工程において、アミノ変性シリコーンに対するマレイミド化合物の配合量比は、質量基準で、好ましくは1.0~3.0であり、より好ましくは1.0~2.5であり、更に好ましくは1.0~2.0である。配合量比が上記範囲内であることにより、熱硬化性化合物(B1)又は重合体(B1)の製造性が、優れる傾向にある。 In the first reaction step, the compounding ratio of the maleimide compound to the amino-modified silicone is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.0 to 2.5, and even more preferably 1.0 to 2.5, on a mass basis. 1.0 to 2.0. When the blending ratio is within the above range, the productivity of the thermosetting compound (B1) or the polymer (B1) tends to be excellent.
 第一反応工程における反応温度は、アミノ変性シリコーンとマレイミド化合物との反応が進行する温度であれば特に限定されないが、50~200℃であることが好ましく、100~150℃であることがより好ましい。 The reaction temperature in the first reaction step is not particularly limited as long as the reaction between the amino-modified silicone and the maleimide compound proceeds, but is preferably 50 to 200°C, more preferably 100 to 150°C. .
 第二反応工程に供される、第一反応工程により得られる一次ポリマーの粘度は、より優れた保存安定性を有する、熱硬化性化合物(B1)又は重合体(B1)とする観点から、溶剤を含む濃度50%において、100~500mPa・sであることが好ましく、150mPa・s~400mPa・sであることがより好ましい。なお、一次ポリマーの粘度の測定方法は、一般的な粘度計を用いて測定できる。例えば、コーンプレート型粘度計(例えば、ICI粘度計)を用いて測定できる。 The viscosity of the primary polymer obtained in the first reaction step, which is subjected to the second reaction step, is the thermosetting compound (B1) or polymer (B1) having superior storage stability, so that the solvent At a concentration of 50% containing, it is preferably 100 to 500 mPa s, more preferably 150 mPa s to 400 mPa s. In addition, the measurement method of the viscosity of a primary polymer can be measured using a general viscometer. For example, it can be measured using a cone-plate viscometer (eg, ICI viscometer).
 第二反応工程において、アミノ変性シリコーンに対する、カルボン酸とカルボン酸無水物との合計の配合量比は、質量基準で、好ましくは0.01~0.4であり、より好ましくは0.01~0.2であり、さらに好ましくは0.02~0.1である。配合量比が上記範囲内であることにより、重合体(B1)の保存安定性がより優れる傾向にある。 In the second reaction step, the total amount ratio of the carboxylic acid and the carboxylic acid anhydride to the amino-modified silicone is preferably 0.01 to 0.4, more preferably 0.01 to 0.01, on a mass basis. 0.2, more preferably 0.02 to 0.1. When the blending ratio is within the above range, the storage stability of the polymer (B1) tends to be more excellent.
 第二反応工程における反応温度は、50~200℃であることが好ましく、100~150℃であることがより好ましい。反応時間は、好ましくは0.5~5時間であり、より好ましくは1.5~3.5時間である。 The reaction temperature in the second reaction step is preferably 50-200°C, more preferably 100-150°C. The reaction time is preferably 0.5 to 5 hours, more preferably 1.5 to 3.5 hours.
 本実施形態において、アミノ変性シリコーンと、マレイミド化合物と、カルボン酸及び/又はカルボン酸無水物とを同時に反応させてもよい。すなわち、第一反応工程と、第二反応工程とを同時に行ってもよい。 In this embodiment, the amino-modified silicone, the maleimide compound, and the carboxylic acid and/or carboxylic acid anhydride may be reacted at the same time. That is, the first reaction step and the second reaction step may be performed simultaneously.
 第一工程及び第二工程においては、溶剤を用いてもよい。溶剤としては、例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、及びメチルセルソルブ等のケトン類;トルエン、及びキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類;ジメチルホルムアミド等のアミド類;プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、及びそのアセテートが挙げられる。溶剤は、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。 A solvent may be used in the first and second steps. Examples of solvents include ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl cellosolve; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; amides such as dimethylformamide; propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and acetate thereof. A solvent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
 (熱硬化性化合物(B2))
 熱硬化性化合物(B)は、熱硬化性樹脂(C)との相溶性を精密に制御する点と、熱硬化性化合物(B)の粘度を低く保ち成形性を向上させる観点から、少なくとも、アルケニルフェノールに由来する構成単位と、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位と、を含む、熱硬化性化合物(B2)であることが、好ましい。また、熱硬化性化合物(B2)は、必要に応じて、アルケニルフェノール以外のフェノール化合物に由来する構成単位を更に含んでいてもよい。後述の重合体(B2)は、熱硬化性化合物(B2)の一種(具体例)であり、アルケニルフェノール、エポキシ変性シリコーン、エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物、及びアルケニルフェノール以外のフェノール化合物については、後述を参照できる。
(Thermosetting compound (B2))
From the viewpoint of precisely controlling the compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C) and improving the moldability by keeping the viscosity of the thermosetting compound (B) low, the thermosetting compound (B) has at least A thermosetting compound (B2) containing a structural unit derived from alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from epoxy-modified silicone, and a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than epoxy-modified silicone is preferred. Moreover, the thermosetting compound (B2) may further contain a structural unit derived from a phenol compound other than alkenylphenol, if necessary. The polymer (B2) described below is a type (specific example) of the thermosetting compound (B2), and the alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone, epoxy compounds other than epoxy-modified silicone, and phenol compounds other than alkenylphenol are See below.
 アルケニルフェノールに由来する構成単位の含有量は、熱硬化性化合物(B2)の総質量に対して、5~50質量%であることが好ましく、10~45質量%であることがより好ましく、10~40質量%であることが更に好ましい。この構成単位の含有量が上記範囲内であることにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた相溶性を発現できる傾向にある。 The content of structural units derived from alkenylphenol is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, relative to the total mass of the thermosetting compound (B2). More preferably, it is up to 40% by mass. When the content of this structural unit is within the above range, it tends to be excellent in the releasing action of discharging shavings and exhibit even better compatibility.
 エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位の含有量は、熱硬化性化合物(B2)中の総質量に対して、20~60質量%であることが好ましく、25~55質量%であることがより好ましく、30~50質量%であることが更に好ましい。この構成単位の含有量が上記範囲内であることにより、樹脂組成物の硬化物は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性をバランスよく発現できる傾向にある。 The content of structural units derived from epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 20 to 60% by mass, more preferably 25 to 55% by mass, relative to the total mass in the thermosetting compound (B2). , more preferably 30 to 50% by mass. When the content of this structural unit is within the above range, the cured product of the resin composition is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and tends to exhibit even better low thermal expansion and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner. It is in.
 エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位は、50~350g/molのエポキシ当量を有するエポキシ変性シリコーン(以下、「低当量エポキシ変性シリコーン」とも称する)と、400~4000g/molのエポキシ当量を有するエポキシ変性シリコーン(以下、「高当量エポキシ変性シリコーン」とも称する)に由来する構成単位であることが好ましい。 The constituent units derived from epoxy-modified silicone are an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of 50 to 350 g/mol (hereinafter also referred to as "low equivalent epoxy-modified silicone") and an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of 400 to 4000 g/mol. Structural units derived from silicone (hereinafter also referred to as “high equivalent weight epoxy-modified silicone”) are preferred.
 低当量エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位の含有量は、熱硬化性化合物(B2)中の総質量に対して、5~25質量%であることが好ましく、7.5~20質量%であることがより好ましく、10~17質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of structural units derived from the low-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 7.5 to 20% by mass, relative to the total mass in the thermosetting compound (B2). is more preferable, and 10 to 17% by mass is even more preferable.
 高当量エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位の含有量は、熱硬化性化合物(B2)中の総質量に対して、15~55質量%であることが好ましく、20~52.5質量%であることがより好ましく、25~50質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the structural unit derived from the high-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 15 to 55% by mass, more preferably 20 to 52.5% by mass, relative to the total mass in the thermosetting compound (B2). is more preferable, and 25 to 50% by mass is even more preferable.
 低当量エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位の含有量に対する高当量エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位の含有量の質量比は、1.5~4であることが好ましく、1.7~3.5であることがより好ましく、1.9~3.1であることが更に好ましい。この質量比が上記範囲にあると、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた相溶性、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を発現できる傾向にある。 The mass ratio of the content of structural units derived from the high equivalent epoxy-modified silicone to the content of the structural units derived from the low equivalent epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 1.5 to 4, and 1.7 to 3.5. is more preferable, and 1.9 to 3.1 is even more preferable. When this mass ratio is within the above range, it tends to be more excellent in the release action of discharging chips, and more excellent compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability can be exhibited.
 エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、熱硬化性化合物(B2)中の総質量に対して、5~40質量%であることが好ましく、10~30質量%であることが好ましく、15~20質量%であることが更に好ましい。この構成単位の含有量が上記範囲内であると、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた相溶性、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を発現できる傾向にある。 The content of structural units derived from epoxy compounds other than epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 30% by mass, relative to the total mass in the thermosetting compound (B2). is preferred, and 15 to 20% by mass is more preferred. When the content of this structural unit is within the above range, it tends to be excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and can exhibit even better compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability. .
 また、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位の含有量は、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位及びエポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位の総質量に対して、5~95質量%であることが好ましく、10~90質量%であることがより好ましく、15~60質量%であることが更に好ましく、20~50質量%であることが特に好ましい。エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位及びエポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位の総質量に対して、5~95質量%であることが好ましく、10~90質量%であることがより好ましく、40~85質量%であることが更に好ましく、50~80質量%であることが特に好ましい。これらの構成単位の含有量が上記関係を有することにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた相溶性、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性がより向上する傾向にある。 In addition, the content of the structural unit derived from the epoxy-modified silicone is 5 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the structural unit derived from the epoxy-modified silicone and the structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone. 10 to 90% by mass is more preferable, 15 to 60% by mass is even more preferable, and 20 to 50% by mass is particularly preferable. The content of structural units derived from epoxy compounds other than epoxy-modified silicone is 5 to 95% by mass based on the total mass of structural units derived from epoxy-modified silicone and structural units derived from epoxy compounds other than epoxy-modified silicone. is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 40 to 85% by mass, and particularly preferably 50 to 80% by mass. When the contents of these structural units have the above relationship, the mold release action for discharging shavings is excellent, and the compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability tend to be further improved. It is in.
 アルケニルフェノール以外のフェノール化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、熱硬化性化合物(B2)中の総質量に対して、5~30質量%であることが好ましく、10~27.5質量%であることが好ましく、10~25質量%であることが更に好ましい。この構成単位の含有量が上記範囲内であることにより、樹脂組成物の硬化物は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた銅箔密着性を発現できる傾向にある。 The content of structural units derived from phenolic compounds other than alkenylphenol is preferably 5 to 30% by mass, preferably 10 to 27.5% by mass, based on the total mass in the thermosetting compound (B2). preferably 10 to 25% by mass. When the content of this structural unit is within the above range, the cured product of the resin composition tends to be excellent in the releasing action of discharging chips, and can exhibit even better adhesion to the copper foil.
 熱硬化性樹脂(B2)におけるアルケニル基当量は、300~1500g/molであることが好ましく、350~1200g/molであることが好ましく、400~1000g/molであることが更に好ましい。アルケニル基当量が300g/mol以上であることにより、樹脂組成物の硬化物は、弾性率が一層低下する傾向にあり、その結果、硬化物を用いて得られる基板等の熱膨張性を一層低下できる傾向にある。アルケニル基当量が1500g/mol以下であることにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、樹脂組成物の相溶性、耐薬品性、及び絶縁信頼性が一層向上する傾向にある。 The alkenyl group equivalent in the thermosetting resin (B2) is preferably 300-1500 g/mol, preferably 350-1200 g/mol, and more preferably 400-1000 g/mol. When the alkenyl group equivalent is 300 g/mol or more, the elastic modulus of the cured product of the resin composition tends to be further reduced, and as a result, the thermal expansion of the substrate obtained using the cured product is further reduced. tend to be able. When the alkenyl group equivalent is 1500 g/mol or less, the releasing action of discharging chips is excellent, and the compatibility, chemical resistance, and insulation reliability of the resin composition tend to be further improved.
 熱硬化性樹脂(B2)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、GPC法におけるポリスチレン換算で、3.0×10~5.0×10であることが好ましく、3.0×10~2.0×10であることがより好ましい。重量平均分子量が3.0×10以上であることにより、プリプレグの熱膨張率が低下する傾向にあり、重量平均分子量が5.0×10以下であることにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、樹脂組成物の粘度の増加、分子量の増加、ワニスのゲル化、及びプリプレグ粘度の上昇を抑制できる傾向にある。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the thermosetting resin (B2) is preferably 3.0×10 3 to 5.0×10 4 , more preferably 3.0×10 3 to 2 in terms of polystyrene in the GPC method. 0×10 4 is more preferred. When the weight-average molecular weight is 3.0×10 3 or more, the coefficient of thermal expansion of the prepreg tends to decrease, and when the weight-average molecular weight is 5.0×10 4 or less, a separator for discharging cutting chips is formed. It tends to be excellent in forming action, and can suppress increase in viscosity of the resin composition, increase in molecular weight, gelation of varnish, and increase in prepreg viscosity.
 (重合体(B2))
 熱硬化性化合物(B)は、熱硬化性樹脂(C)との相溶性がより一層優れるという理由により、少なくとも、アルケニルフェノールと、エポキシ変性シリコーンと、エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物と、を重合して得られる重合体(B2)であることが、好ましい。また、重合体(B2)は、少なくとも、アルケニルフェノールと、エポキシ変性シリコーンと、エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物と、アルケニルフェノール以外のフェノール化合物とを重合して得られる重合体であることが、より好ましい。重合体(B2)は、少なくとも、アルケニルフェノールに由来する構成単位と、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位と、を含む。
(Polymer (B2))
The thermosetting compound (B) is obtained by polymerizing at least an alkenylphenol, an epoxy-modified silicone, and an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone for the reason that the compatibility with the thermosetting resin (C) is further excellent. It is preferable that the polymer (B2) obtained by Further, the polymer (B2) is more preferably a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least an alkenylphenol, an epoxy-modified silicone, an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone, and a phenol compound other than the alkenylphenol. preferable. The polymer (B2) contains at least a structural unit derived from alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from epoxy-modified silicone, and a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than epoxy-modified silicone.
・アルケニルフェノール
 アルケニルフェノールは、1つ以上のアルケニル基がフェノール性芳香環に直接結合した構造を有する化合物であれば特に限定されない。熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)は、アルケニルフェノールに由来する構成単位を含有することにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、優れた相溶性を発現できる。
·Alkenylphenol Alkenylphenol is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a structure in which one or more alkenyl groups are directly bonded to a phenolic aromatic ring. Since the thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) contains structural units derived from alkenylphenol, it is excellent in the release action of discharging chips and can exhibit excellent compatibility.
 アルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基、ブテニル基、及びヘキセニル基等の炭素数2~30のアルケニル基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、本実施形態の作用効果をより有効かつ確実に奏する観点から、アルケニル基は、アリル基及び/又はプロペニル基であることが好ましく、アリル基であることが更に好ましい。1つのフェノール性芳香環に直接結合しているアルケニル基の数は、特に限定されず、例えば、1~4である。本実施形態の作用効果をより有効かつ確実に奏する観点から、1つのフェノール性芳香環に直接結合しているアルケニル基の数は、好ましくは1~2であり、更に好ましくは1である。また、アルケニル基のフェノール性芳香環への結合位置も特に限定されない。 The alkenyl group includes, for example, alkenyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms such as vinyl group, allyl group, propenyl group, butenyl group and hexenyl group. Among these, the alkenyl group is preferably an allyl group and/or a propenyl group, more preferably an allyl group, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. The number of alkenyl groups directly bonded to one phenolic aromatic ring is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 1-4. The number of alkenyl groups directly bonded to one phenolic aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 2, more preferably 1, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. Also, the bonding position of the alkenyl group to the phenolic aromatic ring is not particularly limited.
 フェノール性芳香環は、1つ以上の水酸基が芳香環に直接結合したものをいい、フェノール環やナフトール環が挙げられる。1つのフェノール性芳香環に直接結合している水酸基の数は、例えば、1~2であり、好ましくは1である。 A phenolic aromatic ring is one in which one or more hydroxyl groups are directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and includes phenol rings and naphthol rings. The number of hydroxyl groups directly bonded to one phenolic aromatic ring is, for example, 1 to 2, preferably 1.
 フェノール性芳香環は、アルケニル基以外の置換基を有していてもよい。そのような置換基としては、例えば、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~10の分岐状アルキル基、炭素数3~10の環状アルキル基、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルコキシ基、炭素数3~10の分岐状アルコキシ基、炭素数3~10の環状アルコキシ基、及びハロゲン原子が挙げられる。フェノール性芳香環がアルケニル基以外の置換基を有する場合、1つのフェノール性芳香環に直接結合している当該置換基の数は、例えば、1~2である。また、当該置換基のフェノール性芳香環への結合位置も特に限定されない。 The phenolic aromatic ring may have substituents other than alkenyl groups. Examples of such substituents include linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, cyclic alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A chain alkoxy group, a branched alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and a halogen atom. When the phenolic aromatic ring has substituents other than alkenyl groups, the number of said substituents directly bonded to one phenolic aromatic ring is, for example, 1-2. Also, the bonding position of the substituent to the phenolic aromatic ring is not particularly limited.
 アルケニルフェノールは、1つ以上のアルケニル基がフェノール性芳香環に直接結合した構造を1つ又は複数有してもよい。本実施形態の作用効果をより有効かつ確実に奏する観点から、アルケニルフェノールは、1つ以上のアルケニル基がフェノール性芳香環に直接結合した構造を1つ又は2つ有することが好ましく、2つ有することが好ましい。 Alkenylphenol may have one or more structures in which one or more alkenyl groups are directly bonded to a phenolic aromatic ring. From the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment, alkenylphenol preferably has one or two structures in which one or more alkenyl groups are directly bonded to a phenolic aromatic ring, and has two is preferred.
 アルケニルフェノールは、例えば、下記式(1A)又は下記式(1B)で表される化合物であってもよい。 The alkenylphenol may be, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (1A) or the following formula (1B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(1A)中、Rxaは、各々独立して、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基を示し、Rxbは、各々独立して、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は水素原子を示し、Rxcは、各々独立して、炭素数4~12の芳香環を示し、Rxcは、ベンゼン環と縮合構造を形成してもよく、Rxcは、存在していてもよく、存在していなくてもよく、Aは、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基、炭素数7~16のアラルキレン基、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基、フルオレニリデン基、スルホニル基、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は直接結合(単結合)を示し、Rxcが存在しない場合は、1つのベンゼン環にRxa及び/又はRxbの基を2つ以上有してもよい。 In formula (1A), Rxa each independently represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, Rxb each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom, and Rxc is Each independently represents an aromatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, Rxc may form a fused structure with a benzene ring, Rxc may or may not exist, A represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aralkylene group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluorenylidene group, a sulfonyl group, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a direct bond (single bond). , Rxc does not exist, one benzene ring may have two or more Rxa and/or Rxb groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(1B)中、Rxdは、各々独立して、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基を示し、Rxeは、各々独立して、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は水素原子を示し、Rxfは、炭素数4~12の芳香環を示し、Rxfは、ベンゼン環と縮合構造を形成してもよく、Rxfは、存在していても、存在していなくてもよく、Rxfが存在しない場合は、1つのベンゼン環にRxd及び/又はRxeの基を2つ以上有してもよい。 In formula (1B), Rxd each independently represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, Rxe each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom, and Rxf is represents an aromatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, Rxf may form a condensed structure with a benzene ring, Rxf may or may not exist, and when Rxf does not exist, One benzene ring may have two or more Rxd and/or Rxe groups.
 式(1A)及び式(1B)中、Rxa及びRxdとして表される炭素数2~8のアルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基、ブテニル基、ヘキセニル基等が挙げられる。Rxa及びRxdは、アリル基及び/又はプロペニル基であることが好ましく、アリル基であることが更に好ましい。 Examples of alkenyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms represented by Rxa and Rxd in formulas (1A) and (1B) include vinyl groups, allyl groups, propenyl groups, butenyl groups, and hexenyl groups. Rxa and Rxd are preferably allyl and/or propenyl groups, more preferably allyl groups.
 式(1A)及び式(1B)中、Rxc及びRxfで表される基がベンゼン環と縮合構造を形成している場合としては、例えば、フェノール性芳香環として、ナフトール環を含む化合物が挙げられる。また、式(1A)及び式(1B)中、Rxc及びRxfで表される基が存在しない場合としては、例えば、フェノール性芳香環として、フェノール環を含む化合物が挙げられる。 In formulas (1A) and (1B), when the groups represented by Rxc and Rxf form a condensed structure with a benzene ring, examples thereof include compounds containing a naphthol ring as the phenolic aromatic ring. . Further, in the case where the groups represented by Rxc and Rxf are not present in the formulas (1A) and (1B), for example, compounds containing a phenol ring can be mentioned as the phenolic aromatic ring.
 式(1A)及び式(1B)中、Rxb及びRxeとして表される炭素数1~10のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基等の直鎖状アルキル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基等の分岐状アルキル基が挙げられる。 Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by Rxb and Rxe in formulas (1A) and (1B) include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, and the like. Branched alkyl groups such as linear alkyl groups, isopropyl groups, isobutyl groups and tert-butyl groups can be mentioned.
 式(1A)中、Aとして表される炭素数1~6のアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、プロピレン基が挙げられる。Aとして表される炭素数7~16のアラルキレン基としては、例えば、式:-CH-Ar-CH-、-CH-CH-Ar-CH-CH-、又は式:-CH-Ar-CH-CH-(式中、Arは、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、又はビフェニレン基を示す。)で表される基が挙げられる。Aとして表される炭素数6~10のアリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン環が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by A in the formula (1A) include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group and a propylene group. The aralkylene group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms represented by A includes, for example, the formula: -CH 2 -Ar-CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -Ar-CH 2 -CH 2 -, or the formula: - A group represented by CH 2 —Ar—CH 2 —CH 2 — (wherein Ar represents a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, or a biphenylene group) can be mentioned. The arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms represented by A includes, for example, a phenylene ring.
 式(1B)で表される化合物は、本実施形態の作用効果をより有効かつ確実に奏する観点から、Rxfがベンゼン環であること(ジヒドロキシナフタレン骨格を含む化合物)が好ましい。 In the compound represented by formula (1B), Rxf is preferably a benzene ring (compound containing a dihydroxynaphthalene skeleton) from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment.
 アルケニルフェノールは、相溶性を一層向上させる観点から、ビスフェノール類の2つのフェノール性芳香環にそれぞれ1つのアルケニル基が結合したアルケニルビスフェノールであることが好ましい。同様の観点から、アルケニルビスフェノールは、ビスフェノール類の2つのフェノール性芳香環にそれぞれ1つのアリル基が結合したジアリルビスフェノール及び/又はビスフェノール類の2つのフェノール性芳香環にそれぞれ1つのプロペニル基が結合したジプロペニルビスフェノールであることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of further improving compatibility, alkenylphenol is preferably alkenylbisphenol in which one alkenyl group is bonded to each of two phenolic aromatic rings of bisphenols. From a similar point of view, alkenyl bisphenol is diallyl bisphenol in which two phenolic aromatic rings of bisphenols are respectively bonded to one allyl group, and/or bisphenols in which two phenolic aromatic rings are respectively bonded to one propenyl group. Dipropenyl bisphenol is preferred.
 ジアリルビスフェノールとしては、例えば、o,o’-ジアリルビスフェノールA(DABPA(商品名)、大和化成工業(株))、o,o’-ジアリルビスフェノールF、o,o’-ジアリルビスフェノールS、o,o’-ジアリルビスフェノールフルオレンが挙げられる。ジプロペニルビスフェノールとしては、例えば、o,o’-ジプロペニルビスフェノールA(PBA01(商品名)、群栄化学工業(株))、o,o’-ジプロペニルビスフェノールF、o,o’-ジプロペニルビスフェノールS、及びo,o’-ジプロペニルビスフェノールフルオレンが挙げられる。 Examples of diallyl bisphenol include o, o'-diallyl bisphenol A (DABPA (trade name), Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), o, o'-diallyl bisphenol F, o, o'-diallyl bisphenol S, o, o'-diallyl bisphenol fluorene. Examples of dipropenyl bisphenol include o,o'-dipropenyl bisphenol A (PBA01 (trade name), Gunei Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), o,o'-dipropenyl bisphenol F, o,o'-dipropenyl Bisphenol S and o,o'-dipropenyl bisphenol fluorene.
 アルケニルフェノールの1分子当たりの平均フェノール基数は、本実施形態の作用効果をより有効かつ確実に奏する観点から、1以上3未満であることが好ましく、1.5以上2.5以下であることがより好ましい。平均フェノール基数は、以下の式により算出される。 The average number of phenol groups per molecule of alkenylphenol is preferably 1 or more and less than 3, and preferably 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. more preferred. The average number of phenol groups is calculated by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000026
 式中、Aiは、分子中にi個のフェノール基を有するアルケニルフェノールのフェノール基数を示し、Xiは、分子中にi個のフェノール基を有するアルケニルフェノールのアルケニルフェノール全体に占める割合を示し、X+X+…X=1である。 In the formula, A represents the number of phenol groups in alkenylphenol having i phenol groups in the molecule, Xi represents the ratio of alkenylphenol having i phenol groups in the molecule to all alkenylphenols, and X 1 + X 2 + . . . X n =1.
・エポキシ変性シリコーン
 エポキシ変性シリコーンは、エポキシ基含有基により変性されたシリコーン化合物又は樹脂であれば特に限定されない。熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)は、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位を含有することにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、優れた低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性を発現できる。
- Epoxy-modified silicone Epoxy-modified silicone is not particularly limited as long as it is a silicone compound or resin modified with an epoxy group-containing group. The thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) contains structural units derived from epoxy-modified silicone, so that it is excellent in releasing action to discharge cutting chips, and has excellent low thermal expansion and chemical resistance. can be expressed.
 シリコーン化合物または樹脂は、シロキサン結合が繰り返し形成されたポリシロキサン骨格を有する化合物であれば特に限定されない。ポリシロキサン骨格は、直鎖状の骨格であってもよく、環状の骨格であってもよく、網目状の骨格であってもよい。この中でも、本実施形態の作用効果をより有効かつ確実に奏する観点から、ポリシロキサン骨格は、直鎖状の骨格であることが好ましい。 The silicone compound or resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a polysiloxane skeleton in which siloxane bonds are repeatedly formed. The polysiloxane skeleton may be a linear skeleton, a cyclic skeleton, or a network skeleton. Among these, the polysiloxane skeleton is preferably a linear skeleton from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment.
 エポキシ基含有基としては、例えば、下記式(a1)で表される基が挙げられる。 Examples of epoxy group-containing groups include groups represented by the following formula (a1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(a1)中、Rは、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基等の炭素数1~5のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基、又はアラルキレン基を示し、Xは、下記式(a2)で表される1価の基又は下記式(a3)で表される1価の基を示す。 In formula (a1), each R 0 is independently a single bond, an alkylene group (for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group and a propylene group), an arylene group, or an aralkylene group. , X represent a monovalent group represented by the following formula (a2) or a monovalent group represented by the following formula (a3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 エポキシ変性シリコーンは、140~250g/molのエポキシ当量を有するエポキシ変性シリコーンを含有することが好ましく、145~245g/molのエポキシ当量を有するエポキシ変性シリコーンを含有することがより好ましく、150~240g/molのエポキシ当量を有するエポキシ変性シリコーンを含有することが更に好ましい。エポキシ変性シリコーンは、上記範囲内にあるエポキシ当量を有するエポキシ変性シリコーンを含有することにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、樹脂組成物中における他の樹脂又は化合物との相溶性、低熱膨張性、及び耐薬品性をバランスよく一層向上できる傾向にある。 The epoxy-modified silicone preferably contains an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of 140 to 250 g/mol, more preferably an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of 145 to 245 g/mol, and an epoxy equivalent of 150 to 240 g/mol. It is more preferable to contain an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of mol. By containing an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent within the above range, the epoxy-modified silicone is excellent in the release action of discharging cutting chips, has compatibility with other resins or compounds in the resin composition, and has low heat. It tends to be able to further improve expandability and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner.
 エポキシ変性シリコーンは、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、樹脂組成物中における他の樹脂又は化合物との相溶性、低熱膨張性、及び耐薬品性をバランスよく一層向上できる観点から、2種以上のエポキシ変性シリコーンを含有することが好ましい。この場合、2種以上のエポキシ変性シリコーンは、それぞれ異なるエポキシ当量を有することが好ましく、50~350g/molのエポキシ当量を有するエポキシ変性シリコーン(低当量エポキシ変性シリコーン)と、400~4000g/molのエポキシ当量を有するエポキシ変性シリコーン(高当量エポキシ変性シリコーン)とを含有することがより好ましく、140~250g/molのエポキシ当量を有するエポキシ変性シリコーンと、450~3000g/molのエポキシ当量を有するエポキシ変性シリコーンとを含有することがさらに好ましい。 Epoxy-modified silicone is excellent in mold release action for discharging cutting chips, and can further improve compatibility with other resins or compounds in the resin composition, low thermal expansion, and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner. It is preferable to contain the above epoxy-modified silicone. In this case, the two or more epoxy-modified silicones preferably have different epoxy equivalents. It is more preferable to contain an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent (high-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone), and an epoxy-modified silicone having an epoxy equivalent of 140 to 250 g/mol and an epoxy-modified epoxy having an epoxy equivalent of 450 to 3000 g/mol. It is more preferable to contain silicone.
 エポキシ変性シリコーンが2種以上のエポキシ変性シリコーンを含有する場合、エポキシ変性シリコーンの平均エポキシ当量は、140~3000g/molであることが好ましく、250~2000g/molであることがより好ましく、300~1000g/molであることが更に好ましい。平均エポキシ当量は、以下の式により算出される。 When the epoxy-modified silicone contains two or more epoxy-modified silicones, the average epoxy equivalent of the epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 140 to 3000 g/mol, more preferably 250 to 2000 g/mol, and 300 to 300 g/mol. More preferably 1000 g/mol. The average epoxy equivalent is calculated by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000030
 式中、Eiは、2種以上のエポキシ変性シリコーンのうちの1種のエポキシ変性シリコーンのエポキシ当量を示し、Wiは、エポキシ変性シリコーンB中の上記エポキシ変性シリコーンの割合を示し、W+W+…W=1である。 In the formula, Ei represents the epoxy equivalent weight of one epoxy-modified silicone among two or more epoxy-modified silicones, Wi represents the ratio of the epoxy-modified silicone in the epoxy-modified silicone B, and W 1 +W 2 + . . . W n =1.
 エポキシ変性シリコーンは、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、樹脂組成物中における他の樹脂又は化合物との相溶性、低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性をバランスよく一層向上できる観点から、下記式(2)で表されるエポキシ変性シリコーンを含有することが好ましい。 Epoxy-modified silicone is excellent in mold release action for discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving compatibility with other resins or compounds in the resin composition, low thermal expansion and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner, the following formula ( It is preferable to contain an epoxy-modified silicone represented by 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 式(2)中、Rは、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はアラルキレン基を示し、Rは、各々独立に、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はフェニル基を示し、nは、0~100の整数を示す。 In formula (2), each R 1 independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, or an aralkylene group, and each R 2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. , n represents an integer from 0 to 100.
 式(2)中、Rで表されるアルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のいずれであってもよい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、好ましくは1~12であり、より好ましくは1~4である。アルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、又はプロピレン基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、Rは、プロピレン基であることが好ましい。 In formula (2), the alkylene group represented by R 1 may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-4. Alkylene groups include, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, or a propylene group. Among these, R 1 is preferably a propylene group.
 式(2)中、Rで表されるアリーレン基は、置換基を有していてもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数としては、好ましくは6~40であり、より好ましくは6~20である。アリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、シクロヘキシルフェニレン基、ヒドロキシフェニレン基、シアノフェニレン基、ニトロフェニレン基、ナフチリレン基、ビフェニレン基、アントリレン基、ピレニレン基、及びフルオレニレン基等が挙げられる。これらの基には、エーテル結合、ケトン結合、あるいはエステル結合を含んでいてもよい。 In formula (2), the arylene group represented by R 1 may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the arylene group is preferably 6-40, more preferably 6-20. Arylene groups include, for example, phenylene groups, cyclohexylphenylene groups, hydroxyphenylene groups, cyanophenylene groups, nitrophenylene groups, naphthylene groups, biphenylene groups, anthrylene groups, pyrenylene groups, and fluorenylene groups. These groups may contain an ether bond, a ketone bond, or an ester bond.
 式(2)中、Rで表されるアラルキレン基の炭素数は、好ましくは7~30であり、より好ましくは7~13である。アラルキレン基としては、例えば、下記式(X-I)で表される基が挙げられる。 In formula (2), the aralkylene group represented by R 1 preferably has 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 13 carbon atoms. Examples of the aralkylene group include groups represented by the following formula (XI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 式(X-I)中、*は、結合手を示す。 In formula (XI), * indicates a bond.
 式(2)中、Rで表される基は、更に置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~10の分岐状アルキル基、炭素数3~10の環状アルキル基、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルコキシ基、炭素数3~10の分岐状アルコキシ基、及び炭素数3~10の環状アルコキシ基が挙げられる。 In formula (2), the group represented by R 1 may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, A branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms mentioned.
 式(2)中、Rは、各々独立して、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はフェニル基を示す。上記アルキル基及びフェニル基は、置換基を有してもよい。炭素数1~10のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、Rは、メチル基又はフェニル基であることが好ましい。 In formula (2), each R 2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. The above alkyl group and phenyl group may have a substituent. The alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Alkyl groups include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, and cyclohexyl groups. Among these, R 2 is preferably a methyl group or a phenyl group.
 式(2)中、nは、0~100の整数である。切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、樹脂組成物中における他の樹脂又は化合物との相溶性、低熱膨張性、及び耐薬品性をバランスよく一層向上できる観点から、nの下限値は1以上であることが好ましい。同様に、nの上限値は、好ましくは50以下であり、より好ましくは30以下であり、更に好ましくは20以下である。 In formula (2), n is an integer from 0 to 100. The lower limit of n is 1 or more from the viewpoint that it is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings and can further improve compatibility with other resins or compounds in the resin composition, low thermal expansion, and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner. is preferably Similarly, the upper limit of n is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 30 or less, and even more preferably 20 or less.
 エポキシ変性シリコーンは、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、樹脂組成物中における他の樹脂又は化合物との相溶性、低熱膨張性、及び耐薬品性をバランスよく一層向上させる観点から、式(2)で表されるエポキシ変性シリコーンを2種類以上含有することが好ましい。この場合、2種類以上含有するエポキシ変性シリコーンは、それぞれ異なるnを有することが好ましく、式(2)においてnが1~2であるエポキシ変性シリコーンと、式(2)においてnが5~20であるエポキシ変性シリコーンとを含有することがより好ましい。 Epoxy-modified silicone is excellent in releasing action to discharge cutting chips, and from the viewpoint of further improving compatibility with other resins or compounds in the resin composition, low thermal expansion, and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner, the formula ( It is preferable to contain two or more types of epoxy-modified silicone represented by 2). In this case, the epoxy-modified silicones containing two or more types preferably have different values of n. It is more preferable to contain a certain epoxy-modified silicone.
 エポキシ変性シリコーンの1分子当たりの平均エポキシ基数は、本実施形態の作用効果をより有効かつ確実に奏する観点から、1以上3未満であることが好ましく、1.5以上2.5以下であることがより好ましい。平均エポキシ基数は、以下の式により算出される。 The average number of epoxy groups per molecule of the epoxy-modified silicone is preferably 1 or more and less than 3, and 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. is more preferred. The average number of epoxy groups is calculated by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000033
 式中、Biは、分子中にi個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ変性シリコーンのエポキシ基数を示し、Yiは、分子中にi個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ変性シリコーンのエポキシ変性シリコーン全体に占める割合を示し、Y+Y+…Y=1である。 In the formula, Bi represents the number of epoxy groups in the epoxy-modified silicone having i epoxy groups in the molecule, and Yi represents the ratio of the epoxy-modified silicone having i epoxy groups in the molecule to the total epoxy-modified silicone. and Y 1 +Y 2 + . . . Y n =1.
 低当量エポキシ変性シリコーン及び高当量エポキシ変性シリコーンは、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により調製した調製品を用いてもよい。低当量エポキシ変性シリコーンの市販品としては、信越化学工業(株)製の、「X-22-163」(官能基当量:200g/mol)等が挙げられる。高当量エポキシ変性シリコーンの市販品としては、信越化学工業(株)製の、「KF-105」(官能基当量:490g/mol)、「X-22-163A」、(官能基当量:1000g/mol)、及び「X-22-163B」(官能基当量:1800g/mol)等が挙げられる。 For the low-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone and high-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone, commercially available products or preparations prepared by known methods may be used. Commercially available products of low-equivalent epoxy-modified silicone include "X-22-163" (functional group equivalent: 200 g/mol) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., and the like. Commercially available high-equivalent epoxy-modified silicones include "KF-105" (functional group equivalent: 490 g/mol), "X-22-163A" (functional group equivalent: 1000 g/mol) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. mol), and “X-22-163B” (functional group equivalent: 1800 g/mol).
・エポキシ化合物
 エポキシ化合物は、エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物であり、より具体的には、ポリシロキサン骨格を有しないエポキシ化合物である。熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)は、エポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位を含有することにより、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、優れた相溶性、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を発現できる。
- Epoxy compound Epoxy compounds are epoxy compounds other than epoxy-modified silicone, and more specifically, epoxy compounds that do not have a polysiloxane skeleton. The thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) contains a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound, so that it has an excellent release action for discharging chips, excellent compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil Adhesion and insulation reliability can be expressed.
 エポキシ化合物としては、エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物であれば特に限定されない。エポキシ化合物は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた相溶性、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を発現できる観点から、1分子中にエポキシ基を2つ有する2官能エポキシ化合物を含有することが好ましい。 The epoxy compound is not particularly limited as long as it is an epoxy compound other than epoxy-modified silicone. Epoxy compounds have two epoxy groups in one molecule from the viewpoint that they are excellent in releasing action to discharge chips, and can express more excellent compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability. It preferably contains a bifunctional epoxy compound.
 2官能エポキシ化合物としては、例えば、ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂(例えば、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールE型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂、及びビスフェノールフルオレン型エポキシ樹脂)、フェノール類ノボラック型エポキシ樹脂(例えば、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂)、トリスフェノールメタン型エポキシ樹脂、アラルキル型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル骨格を含有するビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン骨格を含有するナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、ジヒドロアントラセン骨格を含有するアントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂、ポリオール型エポキシ樹脂、イソシアヌレート環含有エポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、フルオレン骨格を含有するフルオレン型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールA型構造単位と炭化水素系構造単位からなるエポキシ樹脂;これらのハロゲン化合物が挙げられる。これらのエポキシ化合物は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。 Bifunctional epoxy compounds include, for example, bisphenol type epoxy resins (e.g., bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol E type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, and bisphenol fluorene type epoxy resin), and phenols. Novolac-type epoxy resins (e.g., phenol novolac-type epoxy resins, bisphenol A novolak-type epoxy resins, cresol novolak-type epoxy resins), trisphenolmethane-type epoxy resins, aralkyl-type epoxy resins, biphenyl-type epoxy resins containing a biphenyl skeleton, naphthalene skeleton-containing naphthalene-type epoxy resin, dihydroanthracene-containing anthracene-type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester-type epoxy resin, polyol-type epoxy resin, isocyanurate ring-containing epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resin, fluorene-containing skeleton Fluorene-type epoxy resins, epoxy resins composed of bisphenol A-type structural units and hydrocarbon-based structural units; and halogen compounds thereof. These epoxy compounds are used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 アラルキル型エポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、下記式(b1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of aralkyl-type epoxy resins include compounds represented by the following formula (b1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式(b1)中、Arは、各々独立して、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を示し、Arは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、又はビフェニル環を示し、R3aは、各々独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、各環は、グリシジルオキシ基以外の置換基(例えば、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はフェニル基)を有してもよい。 In formula (b1), Ar 3 each independently represents a benzene ring or naphthalene ring, Ar 4 represents a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, or biphenyl ring, and R 3a each independently represents a hydrogen atom. or a methyl group, and each ring may have a substituent other than a glycidyloxy group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group).
 ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、下記式(b2)で表される化合物(化合物b2)が挙げられる。 Examples of biphenyl-type epoxy resins include compounds represented by the following formula (b2) (compound b2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(b2)中、Raは、各々独立して、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は水素原子を示す。 In formula (b2), each Ra independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom.
 式(b2)中、炭素数1~10のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。 In formula (b2), the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Alkyl groups include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, and cyclohexyl groups.
 ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂が、化合物b2である場合、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂は、アルキル基であるRaの数が異なる化合物b2の混合物の形態であってもよい。具体的には、アルキル基であるRaの数が異なるビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂の混合物が好ましく、アルキル基であるRaの数が0である化合物b2と、アルキル基であるRaの数が4である化合物b2の混合物がより好ましい。 When the biphenyl-type epoxy resin is compound b2, the biphenyl-type epoxy resin may be in the form of a mixture of compounds b2 having different numbers of Ra as alkyl groups. Specifically, a mixture of biphenyl-type epoxy resins having different numbers of Ra as alkyl groups is preferable, and compound b2 having 0 Ra as alkyl groups and a compound b2 having 4 Ra as alkyl groups. Mixtures of b2 are more preferred.
 ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、下記式(b3)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of naphthalene-type epoxy resins include compounds represented by the following formula (b3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式(b3)中、R3bは、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基又はエチル基)、アラルキル基、ベンジル基、ナフチル基、又はグリシジルオキシ基を含有するナフチル基を示し、nは、0以上の整数(例えば、0~2)を示す。 In formula (b3), R 3b each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group or ethyl group), an aralkyl group, a benzyl group, a naphthyl group, or a glycidyloxy group. represents a contained naphthyl group, n represents an integer of 0 or more (eg, 0 to 2).
 上記式(b3)で表される化合物の市販品としては、例えば、DIC株式会社製品の「HP-4032」(上記式(b3)においてn=0)、「HP-4710」(上記式(b3)において、n=0であり、R3b=少なくとも1つのグリシジルオキシ基を含有するナフチルメチル基)等が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available products of the compound represented by the above formula (b3) include "HP-4032" (n = 0 in the above formula (b3)) and "HP-4710" (the above formula (b3)) manufactured by DIC Corporation. ) where n = 0 and R 3b = a naphthylmethyl group containing at least one glycidyloxy group).
 ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、下記式(b4)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resins include compounds represented by the following formula (b4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 式(b4)中、R3cは、各々独立し、水素原子、又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基又はエチル基)を示す。 In formula (b4), each R 3c independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group or ethyl group).
 ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂は、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により調製した調製品を用いてもよい。ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂の市販品としては、大日本インキ化学工業株式会社製品の「EPICRON HP-7200L」、「EPICRON HP-7200」、「EPICRON HP-7200H」、「EPICRON HP-7000HH」等が挙げられる。 For the dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, a commercially available product or a prepared product prepared by a known method may be used. Commercial products of dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin include "EPICRON HP-7200L", "EPICRON HP-7200", "EPICRON HP-7200H" and "EPICRON HP-7000HH" manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals. mentioned.
 ビスフェノールA型構造単位と炭化水素系構造単位からなるエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、下記式(b5)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of epoxy resins composed of bisphenol A-type structural units and hydrocarbon-based structural units include compounds represented by the following formula (b5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式(b5)中、R1x及びR2xは、各々独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、R3x~R6xは、各々独立して、水素原子、メチル基、塩素原子、又は臭素原子を示し、Xは、エチレンオキシエチル基、ジ(エチレンオキシ)エチル基、トリ(エチレンオキシ)エチル基、プロピレンオキシプロピル基、ジ(プロピレンオキシ)プロピル基、トリ(プロピレンオキシ)プロピル基、又は炭素数2~15のアルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基又はエチレン基)を示す。 In formula (b5), R 1x and R 2x each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 3x to R 6x each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom. and X is an ethyleneoxyethyl group, di(ethyleneoxy)ethyl group, tri(ethyleneoxy)ethyl group, propyleneoxypropyl group, di(propyleneoxy)propyl group, tri(propyleneoxy)propyl group, or carbon It represents an alkylene group of numbers 2 to 15 (eg, methylene group or ethylene group).
 これらの中でも、エポキシ化合物は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた相溶性、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を発現できる観点から、ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、アラルキル型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、及びジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される1種以上であることが好ましく、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂及び/又はナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂であることがより好ましい。 Among these, epoxy compounds are excellent in mold release action for discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of being able to express more excellent compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, bisphenol type epoxy resin, aralkyl type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, and dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin. is more preferable.
 エポキシ化合物の1分子当たりの平均エポキシ基数は、本実施形態の作用効果をより有効かつ確実に奏する観点から、1以上3未満であることが好ましく、1.5以上2.5以下であることがより好ましい。平均エポキシ基数は、以下の式により算出される。 The average number of epoxy groups per molecule of the epoxy compound is preferably 1 or more and less than 3, and preferably 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. more preferred. The average number of epoxy groups is calculated by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000039
 式中、Ciは、分子中にi個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物のエポキシ基数を示し、Ziは、分子中にi個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物のエポキシ化合物全体に占める割合を示し、Z+Z+…Z=1である。 In the formula, Ci represents the number of epoxy groups in an epoxy compound having i epoxy groups in the molecule, Zi represents the ratio of the epoxy compounds having i epoxy groups in the molecule to the total epoxy compounds, and Z 1 + Z 2 + . . . Z n =1.
・アルケニルフェノール以外のフェノール化合物
 熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた銅箔密着性を発現できる観点から、アルケニルフェノール以外のフェノール化合物(以下、単に「フェノール化合物」とも称する)を含有することが好ましい。
・Phenolic compound other than alkenylphenol The thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of being able to express even more excellent copper foil adhesion, It preferably contains a phenol compound (hereinafter also simply referred to as "phenol compound").
 アルケニルフェノール以外のフェノール化合物としては、ビスフェノール型フェノール樹脂(例えば、ビスフェノールA型樹脂、ビスフェノールE型樹脂、ビスフェノールF型樹脂、ビスフェノールS型樹脂等)、フェノール類ノボラック樹脂(例えば、フェノールノボラック樹脂、ナフトールノボラック樹脂、クレゾールノボラック樹脂等)、グリシジルエステル型フェノール樹脂、ナフタレン型フェノール樹脂、アントラセン型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型フェノール樹脂、ビフェニル型フェノール樹脂、脂環式フェノール樹脂、ポリオール型フェノール樹脂、アラルキル型フェノール樹脂、フェノール変性芳香族炭化水素ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、フルオレン型フェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。これらのフェノール化合物は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。 Examples of phenolic compounds other than alkenylphenol include bisphenol-type phenol resins (e.g., bisphenol A-type resin, bisphenol E-type resin, bisphenol F-type resin, bisphenol S-type resin, etc.), phenolic novolac resins (e.g., phenol novolak resin, naphthol novolac resin, cresol novolac resin, etc.), glycidyl ester type phenolic resin, naphthalene type phenolic resin, anthracene type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene type phenolic resin, biphenyl type phenolic resin, alicyclic phenolic resin, polyol type phenolic resin, aralkyl type Examples include phenol resins, phenol-modified aromatic hydrocarbon formaldehyde resins, and fluorene-type phenol resins. These phenol compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more.
 これらの中でも、フェノール化合物は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた相溶性及び銅箔密着性を発現できる観点から、1分子中にフェノール性水酸基を2つ有する2官能フェノール化合物であることが好ましい。 Among these, phenolic compounds are excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of being able to express more excellent compatibility and copper foil adhesion, a bifunctional phenolic compound having two phenolic hydroxyl groups in one molecule. is preferably
 2官能フェノール化合物としては、ビスフェノール、ビスクレゾール、フルオレン骨格を有するビスフェノール類(例えば、フルオレン骨格を有するビスフェノール、フルオレン骨格を有するビスクレゾール等)、ビフェノール(例えば、p、p’-ビフェノール等)、ジヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル(例えば、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル等)、ジヒドロキシジフェニルケトン(例えば、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルケトン等)、ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルフィド(例えば、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルフィド等)、ジヒドロキシアレーン(例えば、ハイドロキノン等)が挙げられる。これらの2官能フェノール化合物は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。これらの中でも、2官能フェノール化合物は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた銅箔密着性を発現できる観点から、ビスフェノール、ビスクレゾール、及びフルオレン骨格を有するビスフェノール類からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、フルオレン骨格を有するビスフェノール類を含むことがより好ましい。上記と同様の観点から、フルオレン骨格を有するビスフェノール類としては、ビスクレゾールフルオレンが好ましい。 Examples of bifunctional phenol compounds include bisphenol, biscresol, bisphenols having a fluorene skeleton (e.g., bisphenol having a fluorene skeleton, biscresol having a fluorene skeleton, etc.), biphenols (e.g., p,p'-biphenol, etc.), dihydroxy diphenyl ether (e.g., 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, etc.), dihydroxydiphenyl ketone (e.g., 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ketone, etc.), dihydroxydiphenyl sulfide (e.g., 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl sulfide, etc.), dihydroxyarene (eg, hydroquinone, etc.). These bifunctional phenol compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, the bifunctional phenol compound is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of expressing even more excellent copper foil adhesion, from the group consisting of bisphenol, biscresol, and bisphenols having a fluorene skeleton. It preferably contains at least one selected type, and more preferably contains a bisphenol having a fluorene skeleton. From the same viewpoint as above, bis-cresol fluorene is preferable as the bisphenols having a fluorene skeleton.
 アルケニルフェノール以外のフェノール化合物は、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により製造された製品を用いてもよい。アルケニルフェノール以外のフェノール化合物の市販品としては、大阪ガス化学(株)製の、「BCF」(ビスクレゾールフルオレン)、及び三井化学(株)製の「ビスフェノールM」等が挙げられる。 Phenol compounds other than alkenylphenol may be commercially available products or products manufactured by known methods. Examples of commercially available phenolic compounds other than alkenylphenol include "BCF" (biscresol fluorene) manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd. and "Bisphenol M" manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.
・熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)の製造方法
 熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)の製造方法は、特に限定されないが、例えば、アルケニルフェノールと、エポキシ変性シリコーンと、エポキシ化合物と、必要に応じてフェノール化合物とを、後述の重合触媒の存在下にて反応させる工程により得られる。当該反応は、有機溶剤の存在下で行ってもよい。より具体的には、上記工程において、エポキシ変性シリコーン及びエポキシ化合物が有するエポキシ基とアルケニルフェノールが有する水酸基との付加反応と、得られた付加反応物が有する水酸基とエポキシ変性シリコーン及びエポキシ化合物が有するエポキシ基との付加反応などが進行することで、熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)を得ることができる。
-Method for producing thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) The method for producing the thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) is not particularly limited. , an epoxy compound and, if necessary, a phenol compound are reacted in the presence of a polymerization catalyst, which will be described later. The reaction may be performed in the presence of an organic solvent. More specifically, in the above steps, the addition reaction between the epoxy group of the epoxy-modified silicone and the epoxy compound and the hydroxyl group of the alkenylphenol, and the addition reaction between the hydroxyl group of the resulting addition reaction product and the hydroxyl group of the epoxy-modified silicone and the epoxy compound. The thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) can be obtained by the progress of an addition reaction with an epoxy group or the like.
 熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)の製造において、アルケニルフェノールの配合量は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた相溶性を発現できる観点から、アルケニルフェノール、エポキシ変性シリコーン、エポキシ化合物、及びフェノール化合物の合計100質量部に対して、1~50質量部であることが好ましく、3~40質量部であることがより好ましく、5~30質量部であることが更に好ましい。 In the production of the thermosetting compound (B2) or the polymer (B2), the amount of alkenylphenol blended is excellent in the releasing action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of expressing even more excellent compatibility, alkenylphenol, epoxy It is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 40 parts by mass, and 5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the modified silicone, epoxy compound, and phenol compound. More preferred.
 エポキシ変性シリコーンの配合量は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性をバランスよく発現できる観点から、アルケニルフェノール、エポキシ変性シリコーン、エポキシ化合物、及びフェノール化合物の合計100質量部に対して、5~70質量部であることが好ましく、10~60質量部であることがより好ましく、20~55質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The amount of the epoxy-modified silicone to be blended is the alkenylphenol, the epoxy-modified silicone, the epoxy compound, and the phenol compound from the standpoint of excellent release action for discharging cutting chips and the expression of even better low thermal expansion and chemical resistance in a well-balanced manner. It is preferably from 5 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably from 10 to 60 parts by mass, and even more preferably from 20 to 55 parts by mass with respect to the total 100 parts by mass.
 エポキシ化合物の配合量は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた相溶性、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を発現できる観点から、アルケニルフェノール、エポキシ変性シリコーン、エポキシ化合物、及びフェノール化合物の合計100質量部に対して、5~50質量部であることが好ましく、10~30質量部であることがより好ましく、15~25質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The amount of the epoxy compound to be blended is, from the standpoint of excellent release action to discharge cutting chips and to express even better compatibility, chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone, It is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 30 parts by mass, and even more preferably 15 to 25 parts by mass with respect to the total 100 parts by mass of the epoxy compound and the phenol compound.
 フェノール化合物の配合量は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、一層優れた銅箔密着性を発現できる観点から、アルケニルフェノール、エポキシ変性シリコーン、エポキシ化合物、及びフェノール化合物の合計100質量部に対して、5~30質量部であることが好ましく、10~30質量部であることがより好ましく、15~25質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The amount of the phenolic compound is 100 parts by mass in total of alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone, epoxy compound, and phenolic compound, from the viewpoint of excellent mold release action for discharging shavings and exhibiting even better copper foil adhesion. On the other hand, it is preferably 5 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 30 parts by mass, and even more preferably 15 to 25 parts by mass.
 なお、熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)が、フェノール化合物を含有しない場合、上述したアルケニルフェノール、エポキシ変性シリコーン及びエポキシ化合物の各配合量は、アルケニルフェノール、エポキシ変性シリコーン、及びエポキシ化合物の合計100質量部に対する配合量を示す。 When the thermosetting compound (B2) or the polymer (B2) does not contain a phenol compound, the amounts of the alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone and epoxy compound are the same as those of the alkenylphenol, the epoxy-modified silicone and the epoxy compound. The compounding amount is shown with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the compounds.
 重合触媒としては、例えば、イミダゾール触媒及びリン系触媒が挙げられる。これらの触媒は1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。これらの中でも、イミダゾール触媒が好ましい。 Examples of polymerization catalysts include imidazole catalysts and phosphorus catalysts. These catalysts are used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, imidazole catalysts are preferred.
 イミダゾール触媒としては、例えば、2-メチルイミダゾール、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-フェニルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-フェニルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチル-5-ヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-ピロロ[1,2-a]ベンゾイミダゾール(TBZ(商品名)、四国化成工業(株))、及び2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール(TPIZ(商品名)、東京化成工業(株))等のイミダゾール類が挙げられる。この中でも、エポキシ成分の単独重合を防ぐ観点から、2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-ピロロ[1,2-a]ベンゾイミダゾール及び/又は2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾールが好ましい。 Examples of imidazole catalysts include 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2- Ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]benzo Examples include imidazoles such as imidazole (TBZ (trade name), Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole (TPIZ (trade name), Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Among these, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole and/or 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole are preferred from the viewpoint of preventing homopolymerization of the epoxy component.
 重合触媒(好ましくはイミダゾール触媒)の使用量は、例えば、アルケニルフェノール、エポキシ変性シリコーン、エポキシ化合物、及びフェノール化合物の合計100質量部に対して、0.1~10質量部である。熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)の重量平均分子量を大きくする観点から、重合触媒の使用量は、0.5質量部以上であることが好ましく、4.0質量部以下であることがより好ましい。 The amount of polymerization catalyst (preferably imidazole catalyst) used is, for example, 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone, epoxy compound, and phenol compound. From the viewpoint of increasing the weight average molecular weight of the thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2), the amount of the polymerization catalyst used is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, and 4.0 parts by mass or less. is more preferable.
 有機溶剤としては、例えば、極性溶剤又は無極性溶剤を用いることができる。極性溶剤としては、例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン類;プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等のセロソルブ系溶剤;乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソアミル、乳酸エチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル等のエステル系溶剤;ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルホルムアミド等のアミド類等が挙げられる。無極性溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素等が挙げられる。これらの溶剤は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。 As the organic solvent, for example, a polar solvent or a non-polar solvent can be used. Examples of polar solvents include ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; cellosolve solvents such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate; ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, ester solvents such as ethyl lactate, methyl methoxypropionate and methyl hydroxyisobutyrate; and amides such as dimethylacetamide and dimethylformamide. Examples of nonpolar solvents include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene. These solvents are used singly or in combination of two or more.
 有機溶剤の使用量は、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、アルケニルフェノール、エポキシ変性シリコーン、エポキシ化合物、及びフェノール化合物の合計100質量部に対して、50~150質量部である。 The amount of the organic solvent used is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 50 to 150 parts by mass with respect to the total of 100 parts by mass of the alkenylphenol, epoxy-modified silicone, epoxy compound, and phenol compound.
 加熱温度は、特に限定されず、例えば、100~170℃であってもよい。加熱時間もまた特に限定されず、例えば、3~8時間であってもよい。 The heating temperature is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 100-170°C. The heating time is also not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3 to 8 hours.
 本工程における反応終了後、慣用の方法にて反応混合物から、熱硬化性化合物(B2)又は重合体(B2)を分離精製してもよい。 After completion of the reaction in this step, the thermosetting compound (B2) or polymer (B2) may be separated and purified from the reaction mixture by a conventional method.
 <熱硬化性樹脂(C)>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、本実施形態に係る熱硬化性化合物(B)とは異なる熱硬化性樹脂(C)を含む。熱硬化性化合物(B)は、シリコーン系化合物との相溶性に乏しい熱硬化性樹脂に対しても優れた相溶性を発揮する。そのため、熱硬化性化合物(B)と熱硬化性樹脂(C)とを組み合わせても、樹脂組成物内で各成分が分離することなく、相溶性に優れる。
<Thermosetting resin (C)>
The resin composition of the present embodiment contains a thermosetting resin (C) different from the thermosetting compound (B) of the present embodiment. The thermosetting compound (B) exhibits excellent compatibility even with thermosetting resins having poor compatibility with silicone compounds. Therefore, even if the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) are combined, the components do not separate in the resin composition, and the compatibility is excellent.
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)は、得られる硬化物の低熱膨張性、耐薬品性、及び銅箔密着性をより一層向上させる観点から、マレイミド化合物、シアン酸エステル化合物、フェノール化合物、アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物、及びエポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、マレイミド化合物、シアン酸エステル化合物、フェノール化合物、及びエポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましい。これらの熱硬化性樹脂(C)は、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。 The thermosetting resin (C) is a maleimide compound, a cyanate ester compound, a phenol compound, an alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound from the viewpoint of further improving the low thermal expansion property, chemical resistance, and copper foil adhesion of the resulting cured product. , and preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of epoxy resins, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, and epoxy resins. . These thermosetting resins (C) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)の含有量は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、優れた耐熱性及び耐薬品性を奏する点から、熱硬化性化合物(B)と熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、50~95質量部であることが好ましく、55~90質量部であることがより好ましく、60~85質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the thermosetting resin (C) is excellent due to the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of exhibiting excellent heat resistance and chemical resistance, the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C ) is preferably from 50 to 95 parts by mass, more preferably from 55 to 90 parts by mass, and even more preferably from 60 to 85 parts by mass, based on the total 100 parts by mass of the above.
・マレイミド化合物
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性を一層向上させる観点から、マレイミド化合物を含有することが好ましい。熱硬化性樹脂(C)に含まれるマレイミド化合物は、熱硬化性化合物(B)を製造するために用いられるマレイミド化合物と、同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。マレイミド化合物は、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。
· Maleimide compound The thermosetting resin (C) preferably contains a maleimide compound from the viewpoint of excellent mold release action for discharging chips and further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance. The maleimide compound contained in the thermosetting resin (C) may be the same as or different from the maleimide compound used to produce the thermosetting compound (B). The maleimide compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 マレイミド化合物としては、1分子中に1つ以上のマレイミド基を有する化合物であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、1分子中にマレイミド基を1つ有するモノマレイミド化合物(例えば、N-フェニルマレイミド、N-ヒドロキシフェニルマレイミド等)、1分子中にマレイミド基を2つ以上有するポリマレイミド化合物(例えば、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ビス(3,5-ジメチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ビス(3,5-ジエチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン)、m-フェニレンビスマレイミド、4-メチル-1,3-フェニレンビスマレイミド、1,6’-ビスマレイミド-(2,2,4-トリメチル)ヘキサン、ポリテトラメチレンオキシド-ビス(4-マレイミドベンゾエート)、下記式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物、式(9)で表されるマレイミド化合物、及びこれらのマレイミド化合物とアミン化合物とのプレポリマー等)が挙げられる。 The maleimide compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one or more maleimide groups in one molecule. -hydroxyphenylmaleimide, etc.), polymaleimide compounds having two or more maleimide groups in one molecule (e.g., bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl) propane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, bis(3,5-diethyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane), m-phenylene bismaleimide, 4-methyl-1,3-phenylene bismaleimide, 1,6'-bismaleimido-(2,2,4-trimethyl)hexane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), maleimide compounds represented by the following formula (4), maleimide compounds represented by the formula (9), prepolymers of these maleimide compounds and amine compounds, etc.).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 式(4)中、Rは、各々独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、nは1以上の整数を示す。 In formula (4), each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
 nは、1以上であり、好ましくは1~100であり、より好ましくは1~10である。 n 1 is 1 or more, preferably 1-100, more preferably 1-10.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 式(9)中、R13は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、nは1~10の整数を示す。 In formula (9), each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1-10.
 マレイミド化合物中のマレイミド基の数は、1分子中に2以上であることが好ましい。これらのマレイミド化合物は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。これらの中でも、低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性をより一層向上させる観点から、マレイミド化合物は、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ポリテトラメチレンオキシド-ビス(4-マレイミドベンゾエート)、式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物、及び式(9)で表されるマレイミド化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、及び下記式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましい。 The number of maleimide groups in the maleimide compound is preferably 2 or more per molecule. These maleimide compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, maleimide compounds are bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane , bis (3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl) methane, polytetramethylene oxide-bis (4-maleimidobenzoate), a maleimide compound represented by formula (4), and represented by formula (9) bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3 -Ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, and at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds represented by the following formula (4).
 マレイミド化合物は、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により調製した調製品を用いてもよい。マレイミド化合物の市販品としては、ケイ・アイ化成株式会社製品の、「BMI-70」、「BMI-80」、及び「BMI-1000P」、大和化成工業株式会社製品の「BMI-3000」、「BMI-4000」、「BMI-5100」、「BMI-7000」、及び「BMI-2300」、並びに日本化薬株式会社製品の「MIR-3000-70MT」等が挙げられる。 A commercially available product or a preparation prepared by a known method may be used as the maleimide compound. Commercially available maleimide compounds include "BMI-70", "BMI-80" and "BMI-1000P" manufactured by KI Kasei Co., Ltd., and "BMI-3000" and " BMI-4000", "BMI-5100", "BMI-7000", and "BMI-2300", and Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. product "MIR-3000-70MT".
 マレイミド化合物の含有量は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性を一層向上させる観点から、樹脂固形分100質量部に対して、好ましくは1~50質量部であり、5~40質量部であることがより好ましく、10~40質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the maleimide compound is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content, from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging shavings and further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance. , more preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass, even more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass.
・シアン酸エステル化合物
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性を一層向上させる観点から、シアン酸エステル化合物を含有することが好ましい。
Cyanate ester compound The thermosetting resin (C) preferably contains a cyanate ester compound from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging chips and further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance.
 シアン酸エステル化合物としては、1分子中に2つ以上のシアナト基(シアン酸エステル基)を有する化合物であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、式(5)で表される化合物等のナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物、式(5)で表される化合物を除く式(6)で表される化合物等のノボラック型シアン酸エステル化合物、ビフェニルアラルキル型シアン酸エステル、ジアリルビスフェール型シアン酸エステル化合物、ビス(3,3-ジメチル-4-シアナトフェニル)メタン、ビス(4-シアナトフェニル)メタン、1,3-ジシアナトベンゼン、1,4-ジシアナトベンゼン、1,3,5-トリシアナトベンゼン、1,3-ジシアナトナフタレン、1,4-ジシアナトナフタレン、1,6-ジシアナトナフタレン、1,8-ジシアナトナフタレン、2,6-ジシアナトナフタレン、2、7-ジシアナトナフタレン、1,3,6-トリシアナトナフタレン、4、4’-ジシアナトビフェニル、ビス(4-シアナトフェニル)エーテル、ビス(4-シアナトフェニル)チオエーテル、ビス(4-シアナトフェニル)スルホン、2、2-ビス(4-シアナトフェニル)プロパンが挙げられる。これらのシアン酸エステル化合物は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。シアン酸エステル化合物は、これらの中でも、切り粉を排出させる離形作用に更に優れ、低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性をより一層向上させる観点から、ナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物及び/又はノボラック型シアン酸エステル化合物を含むことが好ましい。 The cyanate ester compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two or more cyanato groups (cyanate ester groups) in one molecule. cyanate ester compounds, novolak-type cyanate ester compounds such as compounds represented by formula (6) excluding compounds represented by formula (5), biphenyl aralkyl-type cyanate esters, diallyl bisphenol-type cyanate ester compounds, Bis(3,3-dimethyl-4-cyanatophenyl)methane, bis(4-cyanatophenyl)methane, 1,3-dicyanatobenzene, 1,4-dicyanatobenzene, 1,3,5-tricyanato benzene, 1,3-dicyanatonaphthalene, 1,4-dicyanatonaphthalene, 1,6-dicyanatonaphthalene, 1,8-dicyanatonaphthalene, 2,6-dicyanatonaphthalene, 2,7-dicyanatonaphthalene, 1,3,6-tricyanatonaphthalene, 4,4′-dicyanatobiphenyl, bis(4-cyanatophenyl)ether, bis(4-cyanatophenyl)thioether, bis(4-cyanatophenyl)sulfone, 2 , 2-bis(4-cyanatophenyl)propane. These cyanate ester compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, the cyanate ester compound is more excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, a naphthol aralkyl type cyanate ester compound and / or a novolac type cyanate It preferably contains an acid ester compound.
 シアン酸エステル化合物は、これらの中でも、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性を一層向上させる観点から、式(5)及び/又は式(6)で表される化合物を含むことが好ましい。シアン酸エステル化合物は、式(5)で表される化合物を含むことが、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性を一層向上させ、更に、一層優れた難燃性及び低熱膨張係数を有するため、より好ましい。 Among these, the cyanate ester compound is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, it is represented by formula (5) and / or formula (6) It preferably contains a compound. The cyanate ester compound containing the compound represented by formula (5) is excellent in the release action of discharging swarf, further improves low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, and further exhibits excellent flame retardancy. It is more preferred because it has good flexibility and a low coefficient of thermal expansion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 式(5)中、Rは、各々独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、nは1以上の整数を示す。nは、1~20の整数であることが好ましく、1~10の整数であることがより好ましく、1~6の整数であることが更に好ましい。 In formula (5), each R6 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n2 represents an integer of 1 or more. n2 is preferably an integer of 1-20, more preferably an integer of 1-10, and even more preferably an integer of 1-6.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 式(6)中、Ryaは、各々独立して、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基、又は水素原子を示し、Rybは、各々独立して、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、又は水素原子を示し、Rycは、各々独立して、炭素数4~12の芳香環を示し、Rycは、ベンゼン環と縮合構造を形成してもよく、Rycは、存在していてもよく、存在していなくてもよく、A1aは、各々独立して、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基、炭素数7~16のアラルキレン基、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基、フルオレニリデン基、スルホニル基、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は単結合(直接結合)を示し、Rycが存在しない場合は、1つのベンゼン環にRya及び/又はRybの基を2つ以上有してもよい。nは、1~20の整数を示す。 In formula (6), R ya each independently represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom, and R yb each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or hydrogen represents an atom, each R yc independently represents an aromatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, R yc may form a condensed structure with a benzene ring, R yc may be present , which may be absent, A 1a each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aralkylene group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluorenylidene group, a sulfonyl group , an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a single bond (direct bond), and when R yc does not exist, one benzene ring may have two or more R ya and/or R yb groups. n represents an integer of 1-20.
 式(6)中、Ryaとして表される炭素数2~8のアルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基、ブテニル基、ヘキセニル基等が挙げられる。 In formula (6), the alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms represented by R ya includes, for example, vinyl group, allyl group, propenyl group, butenyl group, hexenyl group and the like.
 式(6)中、Rybとして表される炭素数1~10のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基等の直鎖状アルキル基;イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基等の分岐状アルキル基が挙げられる。 In formula (6), the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R yb includes, for example, linear alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group; Branched alkyl groups such as isopropyl group, isobutyl group and tert-butyl group can be mentioned.
 式(6)中、A1aとして表される炭素数1~6のアルキレン基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、プロピレン基が挙げられる。また、式(6)中、A1aとして表される炭素数7~16のアラルキレン基としては、例えば、式:-CH-Ar-CH-、-CH-CH-Ar-CH-CH-、又は式:-CH-Ar-CH-CH-(式中、Arは、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、又はビフェニレン基を示す。)で表される基が挙げられる。さらに、A1aとして表される炭素数6~10のアリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン環が挙げられる。 In formula (6), examples of the C 1-6 alkylene group represented by A 1a include methylene group, ethylene group, trimethylene group and propylene group. In formula (6), the aralkylene group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms represented by A 1a includes, for example, the formulas: —CH 2 —Ar—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH 2 —Ar—CH 2 —CH 2 —, or a group represented by the formula: —CH 2 —Ar—CH 2 —CH 2 — (wherein Ar represents a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, or a biphenylene group). Furthermore, the arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms represented by A 1a includes, for example, a phenylene ring.
 式(6)中、nは、1~20の整数を示し、1~15の整数であることが好ましく、1~10の整数であることがより好ましい。 In formula (6), n represents an integer of 1-20, preferably an integer of 1-15, more preferably an integer of 1-10.
 切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性を一層向上させ、かつ、より高いガラス転移温度を有することから、式(6)で表される化合物は、フェノールノボラック型シアン酸エステル化合物が好ましく、フェノールノボラック型シアン酸エステル化合物としては、式(c1)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by the formula (6) is a phenol novolac type cyanide because it has an excellent release action for discharging shavings, further improves low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, and has a higher glass transition temperature. An acid ester compound is preferable, and a compound represented by formula (c1) is more preferable as the phenol novolak-type cyanate ester compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 式(c1)中、Rxは、各々独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、Rは、各々独立して、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、又は水素原子を示し、nは、1~10の整数を示す。 In formula (c1), each Rx independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, each R independently represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or hydrogen represents an atom, and n represents an integer of 1-10.
 これらのシアン酸エステル化合物は、公知の方法に準じて製造してもよい。具体的な製造方法としては、例えば、特開2017-195334号公報(特に段落0052~0057)等に記載の方法が挙げられる。 These cyanate ester compounds may be produced according to known methods. Specific production methods include, for example, the method described in JP-A-2017-195334 (particularly paragraphs 0052 to 0057).
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)としてのシアン酸エステル化合物の含有量は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、低熱膨張性及び耐薬品性を一層向上させる観点から、樹脂固形分100質量部に対して、好ましくは10~70質量部であることが好ましく、15~60質量部であることがより好ましく、20~50質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the cyanate ester compound as the thermosetting resin (C) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving low thermal expansion and chemical resistance, the resin solid content is 100 parts by mass. On the other hand, it is preferably 10 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably 15 to 60 parts by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass.
・フェノール化合物
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、銅箔密着性を一層向上させる観点から、フェノール化合物を含有することが好ましい。熱硬化性樹脂(C)に含まれるフェノール化合物は、熱硬化性化合物(B)を製造するために用いられるフェノール化合物と、同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。フェノール化合物は、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。
• Phenol compound The thermosetting resin (C) preferably contains a phenol compound from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging chips and further improving copper foil adhesion. The phenolic compound contained in the thermosetting resin (C) may be the same as or different from the phenolic compound used to produce the thermosetting compound (B). A phenol compound can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
 フェノール化合物としては、1分子中に2つ以上のフェノール性水酸基を有する化合物であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、1分子中にフェノール性水酸基を2つ以上有するフェノール類、ビスフェノール類(例えば、ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールE、ビスフェノールF、ビスフェノールS等)、ジアリルビスフェノール類(例えば、ジアリルビスフェノールA、ジアリルビスフェノールE、ジアリルビスフェノールF、ジアリルビスフェノールS等)、フェノール類ノボラック樹脂(例えば、フェノールノボラック樹脂、ナフトールノボラック樹脂、クレゾールノボラック樹脂等)、ナフタレン型フェノール樹脂、ジヒドロアントラセン型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型フェノール樹脂、ビフェニル型フェノール樹脂、及びアラルキル型フェノール樹脂が挙げられる。これらのフェノール化合物は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。これらの中でも、フェノール化合物は、銅箔密着性を一層向上させる観点から、アラルキル型フェノール樹脂を含有することが好ましい。 The phenol compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two or more phenolic hydroxyl groups in one molecule. Examples include phenols and bisphenols (e.g., bisphenol A, bisphenol E, bisphenol F, bisphenol S, etc.), diallyl bisphenols (e.g., diallyl bisphenol A, diallyl bisphenol E, diallyl bisphenol F, diallyl bisphenol S, etc.), phenolic novolak resins (e.g., phenol novolak resin, naphthol novolak resins, cresol novolak resins, etc.), naphthalene-type phenol resins, dihydroanthracene-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenol resins, biphenyl-type phenol resins, and aralkyl-type phenol resins. These phenol compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, the phenol compound preferably contains an aralkyl-type phenol resin from the viewpoint of further improving the copper foil adhesion.
(アラルキル型フェノール樹脂)
 アラルキル型フェノール樹脂としては、例えば、式(c2)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
(aralkyl-type phenolic resin)
Examples of aralkyl-type phenol resins include compounds represented by formula (c2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 式(c2)中、Arは、各々独立して、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を示し、Arは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、又はビフェニル環を示し、R2aは、各々独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、mは、1~50の整数を示し、各環は、水酸基以外の置換基(例えば、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はフェニル基等)を有してもよい。 In formula (c2), Ar 1 each independently represents a benzene ring or naphthalene ring, Ar 2 represents a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, or biphenyl ring, and R 2a each independently represents a hydrogen atom. or a methyl group, m is an integer of 1 to 50, and each ring may have a substituent other than a hydroxyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, etc.).
 式(c2)で表される化合物は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、銅箔密着性を一層向上させる観点から、式(c2)中、Arがナフタレン環であり、Arがベンゼン環である化合物(以下、「ナフトールアラルキル型フェノール樹脂」ともいう。)、及び式(c2)中、Arがベンゼン環であり、Arがビフェニル環である化合物(以下、「ビフェニルアラルキル型フェノール樹脂」ともいう。)であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the formula (c2) is excellent in the release action of discharging chips, and from the viewpoint of further improving the copper foil adhesion, in the formula (c2), Ar 1 is a naphthalene ring, and Ar 2 is A compound having a benzene ring (hereinafter also referred to as a "naphthol aralkyl-type phenolic resin"), and a compound in which Ar 1 is a benzene ring and Ar 2 is a biphenyl ring in the formula (c2) (hereinafter referred to as a "biphenyl aralkyl-type Also referred to as "phenolic resin").
 ナフトールアラルキル型フェノール樹脂は、式(2b)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The naphthol aralkyl-type phenol resin is preferably a compound represented by formula (2b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 式(2b)中、R2aは、各々独立して、水素原子又はメチル基(好ましくは水素原子)を示し、mは、1~10の整数(好ましくは1~6の整数)を示す。 In formula (2b), each R 2a independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group (preferably a hydrogen atom), and m represents an integer of 1 to 10 (preferably an integer of 1 to 6).
 ビフェニルアラルキル型フェノール樹脂は、式(2c)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The biphenylaralkyl-type phenolic resin is preferably a compound represented by formula (2c).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 式(2c)中、R2bは、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はフェニル基(好ましくは水素原子)を示し、m1は、1~20の整数(好ましくは1~6の整数)を示す。 In formula (2c), each R 2b independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group (preferably a hydrogen atom), m1 is an integer of 1 to 20 (preferably 1 Integer of ~6).
 アラルキル型フェノール樹脂は、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により製造された製品を用いてもよい。アラルキル型フェノール樹脂の市販品としては、日本化薬株式会社製品の「KAYAHARD GPH-65」、「KAYAHARD GPH-78」、「KAYAHARD GPH-103」(ビフェニルアラルキル型フェノール樹脂)、新日鐵化学株式会社製品の「SN-495」(ナフトールアラルキル型フェノール樹脂)が挙げられる。 A commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used as the aralkyl-type phenol resin. Commercially available aralkyl-type phenolic resins include Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.'s "KAYAHARD GPH-65", "KAYAHARD GPH-78", "KAYAHARD GPH-103" (biphenylaralkyl-type phenolic resin), Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. The company's product "SN-495" (naphthol aralkyl type phenolic resin) can be mentioned.
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)としてのフェノール化合物の含有量は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、銅箔密着性を一層向上させる観点から、樹脂固形分100質量部に対して、10~40質量部であることが好ましく、15~35質量部であることがより好ましく、20~30質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the phenolic compound as the thermosetting resin (C) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving the copper foil adhesion, the resin solid content is 100 parts by mass. It is preferably 40 parts by mass, more preferably 15 to 35 parts by mass, even more preferably 20 to 30 parts by mass.
・アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、耐熱性をより一層向上させる観点から、アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物を含有することが好ましい。アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物は、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。
 アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物は、1分子中に1つ以上のアルケニル置換ナジイミド基を有する化合物であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、下記式(2d)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
Alkenyl-Substituted Nadimide Compound It is preferable that the thermosetting resin (C) contains an alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging chips and further improvement of heat resistance. The alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one or more alkenyl-substituted nadimide groups in one molecule, and examples thereof include compounds represented by the following formula (2d).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 式(2d)中、Rは、各々独立して、水素原子、又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基又はエチル基)を示し、Rは、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基、フェニレン基、ビフェニレン基、ナフチレン基、又は下記式(7)若しくは下記式(8)で表される基を示す。 In formula (2d), each R 1 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group or ethyl group), and R 2 represents alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. group, a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, a naphthylene group, or a group represented by the following formula (7) or (8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 式(7)中、Rは、メチレン基、イソプロピリデン基、CO、O、S又はSOを示す。 In formula (7), R3 denotes a methylene group, an isopropylidene group, CO, O, S or SO2 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式(8)中、Rは、各々独立して、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基、又は炭素数5~8のシクロアルキレン基を示す。 In formula (8), each R 4 independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms.
 式(2d)で表されるアルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物は、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法に準じて製造された製造品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、丸善石油化学株式会社製品の「BANI-M」、及び「BANI-X」が挙げられる。 As the alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound represented by formula (2d), a commercially available product or a product manufactured according to a known method may be used. Commercially available products include “BANI-M” and “BANI-X” manufactured by Maruzen Petrochemical Co., Ltd.
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)としてのアルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物の含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対して、好ましくは1~45質量部であり、5~40質量部であることがより好ましく、10~35質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound as the thermosetting resin (C) is preferably 1 to 45 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. More preferably 10 to 35 parts by mass.
・エポキシ樹脂
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を一層向上させる観点から、エポキシ樹脂を含有することが好ましい。熱硬化性樹脂(C)に含まれるエポキシ樹脂は、熱硬化性化合物(B)を製造するために用いられる、エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物と、同一であっても、異なっていてもよいが、エポキシ変性シリコーンとは別のエポキシ化合物である。エポキシ樹脂は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。
・ Epoxy resin The thermosetting resin (C) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, it is possible to contain epoxy resin. preferable. The epoxy resin contained in the thermosetting resin (C) may be the same as or different from the epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone used to produce the thermosetting compound (B). , is an epoxy compound different from epoxy-modified silicone. An epoxy resin is used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 エポキシ樹脂としては、典型的には、1分子中にエポキシ基を2つ有する2官能エポキシ化合物や1分子中にエポキシ基を3つ以上有する多官能エポキシ化合物を使用することができる。エポキシ樹脂は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用に更に優れ、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性をより一層向上させる観点から、2官能エポキシ化合物及び/又は多官能エポキシ化合物を含有することが好ましい。 As the epoxy resin, typically, a bifunctional epoxy compound having two epoxy groups in one molecule or a polyfunctional epoxy compound having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule can be used. Epoxy resins contain bifunctional epoxy compounds and/or polyfunctional epoxy compounds from the viewpoint of further improving the release action of discharging chips and further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability. preferably.
 エポキシ樹脂としては、特に限定されないが、下記式(3a)で表される化合物を用いることができる。 The epoxy resin is not particularly limited, but a compound represented by the following formula (3a) can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 式(3a)中、Arは、各々独立して、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を示し、Arは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、又はビフェニル環を示し、R3aは、各々独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、kは1~50の整数を示し、
 ここで、Arにおけるベンゼン環又はナフタレン環は、さらに一又は複数の置換基を有してもよく、当該置換基は、図示しないグリシジルオキシ基であってもよく、その他の置換基、例えば、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基等であってもよく、
 Arにおけるベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、又はビフェニル環は、さらに一又は複数の置換基を有してもよく、当該置換基は、グリシジルオキシ基であってもよく、その他の置換基、例えば、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基等であってもよい。
In formula (3a), Ar 3 each independently represents a benzene ring or naphthalene ring, Ar 4 represents a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, or biphenyl ring, and R 3a each independently represents a hydrogen atom. or represents a methyl group, k represents an integer of 1 to 50,
Here, the benzene ring or naphthalene ring in Ar 3 may further have one or more substituents, and the substituent may be a glycidyloxy group (not shown), or other substituents such as It may be an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, etc.
The benzene ring, naphthalene ring, or biphenyl ring in Ar 4 may further have one or more substituents, which may be a glycidyloxy group, other substituents such as carbon It may be an alkyl group of number 1 to 5, a phenyl group, or the like.
 上記式(3a)で表される化合物中、2官能エポキシ化合物としては、例えば、下記式(b1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Among the compounds represented by the above formula (3a), examples of bifunctional epoxy compounds include compounds represented by the following formula (b1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 式(b1)中、Arは、各々独立して、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を示し、Arは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、又はビフェニル環を示し、R3aは、各々独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、
 ここで、Arにおけるベンゼン環又はナフタレン環は、さらに一又は複数の置換基を有してもよく、当該置換基は、例えば、炭素数1~5のアルキル基やフェニル基等のグリシジルオキシ基以外の置換基であってもよく、
 Arにおけるベンゼン環、ナフタレン環又はビフェニル環は、さらに一又は複数の置換基を有してもよく、当該置換基は、例えば、炭素数1~5のアルキル基やフェニル基等のグリシジルオキシ基以外の置換基であってもよい。
In formula (b1), Ar 3 each independently represents a benzene ring or naphthalene ring, Ar 4 represents a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, or biphenyl ring, and R 3a each independently represents a hydrogen atom. or represents a methyl group,
Here, the benzene ring or naphthalene ring in Ar 3 may further have one or more substituents, and the substituents are, for example, a glycidyloxy group such as an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. It may be a substituent other than
The benzene ring, naphthalene ring or biphenyl ring in Ar 4 may further have one or more substituents, and the substituents are, for example, a glycidyloxy group such as an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. It may be a substituent other than
 式(3a)で表される化合物は、式(3a)においてArが少なくともグリシジルオキシ基で置換された、フェノール類ノボラック型エポキシ樹脂であることが好ましい。フェノール類ノボラック型エポキシ樹脂としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、下記式(3-1)で表される化合物(ナフタレン骨格を有するナフタレン骨格含有多官能エポキシ樹脂)や、ナフタレンクレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を一層向上させる観点から、ナフタレンクレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂が好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (3a) is preferably a phenolic novolac type epoxy resin in which Ar 4 in formula (3a) is at least substituted with a glycidyloxy group. The phenolic novolac epoxy resin is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a compound represented by the following formula (3-1) (a naphthalene skeleton-containing polyfunctional epoxy resin having a naphthalene skeleton) and a naphthalene cresol novolac epoxy resin. mentioned. A naphthalene cresol novolac type epoxy resin is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent mold release action for discharging chips and further improvement of chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 式(3-1)中、Ar31は、各々独立して、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を表し、Ar41は、各々独立して、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環又はビフェニル環を表し、R31aは、各々独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、kzは1~50の整数を表し、各環は、グリシジルオキシ基以外の置換基(例えば、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基又はフェニル基)を有してもよく、Ar31及びAr41の少なくとも一方はナフタレン環を表す。 In formula (3-1), each Ar 31 independently represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, each Ar 41 independently represents a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring or a biphenyl ring, and each R 31a Each ring independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, kz represents an integer of 1 to 50, and each ring represents a substituent other than a glycidyloxy group (e.g., an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group), and at least one of Ar 31 and Ar 41 represents a naphthalene ring.
 式(3-1)で表される化合物としては、式(3-2)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Compounds represented by formula (3-1) include compounds represented by formula (3-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 式(3-2)中、Rは、メチル基を表し、kzは、上記式(3-1)中のkzと同義である。 In formula (3-2), R represents a methyl group, and kz has the same meaning as kz in formula (3-1) above.
 ナフタレンクレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、下記式(NE)で示されるクレゾール/ナフトールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂が好ましい。なお、下記式(NE)で示される化合物は、クレゾールノボラックエポキシの構成単位と、ナフトールノボラックエポキシの構成単位とのランダム共重合体であり、クレゾールエポキシ及びナフトールエポキシのいずれもが末端になりうる。 The naphthalene cresol novolak type epoxy resin is not particularly limited, but for example, a cresol/naphthol novolak type epoxy resin represented by the following formula (NE) is preferable. The compound represented by the following formula (NE) is a random copolymer of a cresol novolak epoxy structural unit and a naphthol novolak epoxy structural unit, and both cresol epoxy and naphthol epoxy can be terminals.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 式(NE)におけるm及びnは、各々、1以上の整数を表す。m及びnの上限及びその比については特に限定されないが、低熱膨張性の観点から、m:n(ここで、m+n=100)として、30~50:70~50であることが好ましく、45~55:55~45がより好ましい。 m and n in formula (NE) each represent an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of m and n and the ratio thereof are not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of low thermal expansion, m: n (here, m + n = 100) is preferably 30 to 50: 70 to 50, and 45 to 55:55-45 is more preferred.
 ナフタレンクレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂としては、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により製造された製品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、例えば、日本化薬株式会社製品の「NC-7000」、「NC-7300」、「NC-7300L」や、DIC株式会社製品の「HP-9540」、「HP-9500」等が挙げられ、「HP-9540」がとりわけ好ましい。 As the naphthalene cresol novolac type epoxy resin, a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used. Examples of commercially available products include "NC-7000", "NC-7300" and "NC-7300L" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and "HP-9540" and "HP-9500" manufactured by DIC Corporation. and "HP-9540" is particularly preferred.
 式(3a)で表される化合物は、上述したフェノール類ノボラック型エポキシ樹脂に該当しない化合物(以下、「アラルキル型エポキシ樹脂」ともいう。)であってもよい。
 アラルキル型エポキシ樹脂としては、式(3a)においてArがナフタレン環であり、Arがベンゼン環である化合物(「ナフトールアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂」ともいう。)、及び式(3a)においてArがベンゼン環であり、Arがビフェニル環である化合物(「ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂」ともいう。)であることが好ましく、ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂であることがより好ましい。
The compound represented by formula (3a) may be a compound (hereinafter also referred to as "aralkyl epoxy resin") that does not correspond to the phenolic novolac epoxy resins described above.
Aralkyl-type epoxy resins include compounds in which Ar 3 is a naphthalene ring and Ar 4 is a benzene ring in the formula (3a) (also referred to as a "naphthol aralkyl- type epoxy resin"); It is preferably a compound in which it is a benzene ring and Ar 4 is a biphenyl ring (also referred to as a "biphenylaralkyl-type epoxy resin"), and more preferably a biphenylaralkyl-type epoxy resin.
 ナフトールアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂としては、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により製造された製品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、例えば、DIC株式会社製品の「HP-5000」、「HP-9900」、日鉄ケミカル株式会社製品の「ESN-375」、「ESN-475」等が挙げられる。 As the naphthol aralkyl type epoxy resin, a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used. Examples of commercially available products include "HP-5000" and "HP-9900" manufactured by DIC Corporation, "ESN-375" and "ESN-475" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., and the like.
 ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂は、式(3b)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The biphenyl aralkyl type epoxy resin is preferably a compound represented by formula (3b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 式(3b)中、kaは、1以上の整数を示し、1~20が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。 In formula (3b), ka represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 6.
 上記式(3b)で表される化合物中、2官能エポキシ化合物としては、例えば、式(3b)においてkaが1である化合物が挙げられる。 Among the compounds represented by the above formula (3b), bifunctional epoxy compounds include, for example, compounds in which ka is 1 in formula (3b).
 ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂としては、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により製造された製品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、例えば、日本化薬株式会社製品の「NC-3000」、「NC-3000L」、「NC-3000FH」等が挙げられる。 As the biphenyl aralkyl type epoxy resin, a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used. Examples of commercially available products include "NC-3000", "NC-3000L", and "NC-3000FH" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
 また、エポキシ樹脂としては、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂(式(3a)で表される化合物に該当するものを除く。)を用いることが好ましい。ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂としては、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を一層向上させる観点から、ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂であることが好ましい。 Also, as the epoxy resin, it is preferable to use a naphthalene-type epoxy resin (excluding those corresponding to the compound represented by formula (3a)). As the naphthalene-type epoxy resin, a naphthylene ether-type epoxy resin is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging chips and further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability.
 ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を一層向上させる観点から、式(3-3)で表される2官能エポキシ化合物又は下記式(3-4)で表される多官能エポキシ化合物、あるいは、それらの混合物であることが好ましい。 The naphthylene ether type epoxy resin is excellent in the release action of discharging cutting chips, and from the viewpoint of further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, 2 represented by the formula (3-3) A functional epoxy compound, a polyfunctional epoxy compound represented by the following formula (3-4), or a mixture thereof is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 式(3-3)中、R13は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基又はエチル基)、又は炭素数2~3のアルケニル基(例えば、ビニル基、アリル基又はプロペニル基)を示す。 In formula (3-3), each R 13 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group or ethyl group), or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms (eg, vinyl group, allyl group or propenyl group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 式(3-4)中、R14は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基又はエチル基)、又は炭素数2~3のアルケニル基(例えば、ビニル基、アリル基又はプロペニル基)を示す。 In formula (3-4), each R 14 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group or ethyl group), or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms (eg, vinyl group, allyl group or propenyl group).
 ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂は、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により製造された製品を用いてもよい。ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂の市販品としては、例えば、DIC株式会社製品の「HP-6000」、「EXA-7300」、「EXA-7310」、「EXA-7311」、「EXA-7311L」、「EXA7311-G3」、「EXA7311-G4」、「EXA-7311G4S」、「EXA-7311G5」等が挙げられ、とりわけHP-6000が好ましい。 A commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used as the naphthylene ether type epoxy resin. Commercially available naphthylene ether type epoxy resins include, for example, DIC Corporation products "HP-6000", "EXA-7300", "EXA-7310", "EXA-7311", "EXA-7311L", " EXA7311-G3", "EXA7311-G4", "EXA-7311G4S", "EXA-7311G5", etc., and HP-6000 is particularly preferred.
 ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂の上記したもの以外の例としては、以下に限定されないが、下記式(b3)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of naphthalene-type epoxy resins other than those described above include, but are not limited to, compounds represented by the following formula (b3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 式(b3)中、R3bは、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基又はエチル基)、アラルキル基、ベンジル基、ナフチル基、少なくとも1つのグリシジルオキシ基を含有するナフチル基、又は少なくとも1つのグリシジルオキシ基を含有するナフチル基を示し、nは、0以上の整数(例えば、0~2)を示す。 In formula (b3), each R 3b is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group or ethyl group), an aralkyl group, a benzyl group, a naphthyl group, at least one glycidyloxy group-containing naphthyl group or naphthyl group containing at least one glycidyloxy group, where n is an integer of 0 or greater (eg, 0 to 2).
 上記式(b3)で表される化合物の市販品としては、例えば、DIC株式会社製品の「HP-4032」(上記式(b3)においてn=0)、「HP-4710」(上記式(b3)において、n=0であり、R3bが少なくとも1つのグリシジルオキシ基を含有するナフチルメチル基)等が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available products of the compound represented by the above formula (b3) include "HP-4032" (n = 0 in the above formula (b3)) and "HP-4710" (the above formula (b3)) manufactured by DIC Corporation. ) where n=0 and R 3b is a naphthylmethyl group containing at least one glycidyloxy group).
 また、エポキシ樹脂としては、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂を用いることができる。 Also, as the epoxy resin, a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin can be used.
 ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、式(3-5)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 The dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resin is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, compounds represented by formula (3-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 式(3-5)中、R3cは、各々独立し、水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を示し、k2は、0~10の整数を示す。 In formula (3-5), each R 3c independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1-5 carbon atoms, and k2 represents an integer of 0-10.
 上記式(3-5)で表される化合物は、特に限定されないが、例えば、下記式(b4)で表される化合物であってもよい。 The compound represented by the above formula (3-5) is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (b4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 式(b4)中、R3cは、各々独立し、水素原子、又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基又はエチル基)を示す。 In formula (b4), each R 3c independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group or ethyl group).
 ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂は、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により製造された製品を用いてもよい。ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂の市販品としては、大日本インキ化学工業株式会社製品の「EPICRON HP-7200L」、「EPICRON HP-7200」、「EPICRON HP-7200H」、「EPICRON HP-7000HH」等が挙げられる。 A commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method may be used as the dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin. Commercial products of dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin include "EPICRON HP-7200L", "EPICRON HP-7200", "EPICRON HP-7200H" and "EPICRON HP-7000HH" manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals. mentioned.
 これらの中でも、エポキシ樹脂は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を一層向上させる観点から、式(3a)で表されるエポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、及びジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される1種以上であることが好ましく、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂を含有することがより好ましい。この場合において、式(3a)で表されるエポキシ樹脂はナフタレンクレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂を含み、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂は前記式(NE)で示されるクレゾール/ナフトールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 Among these, the epoxy resin is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, the epoxy resin represented by the formula (3a), It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of naphthalene-type epoxy resins and dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resins, and more preferably contains naphthalene-type epoxy resins. In this case, the epoxy resin represented by formula (3a) preferably contains a naphthalene cresol novolac type epoxy resin, and the naphthalene type epoxy resin preferably contains a cresol/naphthol novolak type epoxy resin represented by formula (NE).
 エポキシ樹脂としては、前述したエポキシ樹脂又はエポキシ化合物に該当しない、他のエポキシ樹脂を含んでいてもよい。
 他のエポキシ樹脂としては、特に限定されないが、ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、トリスフェノールメタン型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂、ポリオール型エポキシ樹脂、イソシアヌレート環含有エポキシ樹脂、フルオレン型エポキシ樹脂、及びビスフェノールA型構造単位と炭化水素系構造単位からなるエポキシ樹脂等が挙げられる。
 他のエポキシ樹脂としては、上記した中でも、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を一層向上させる観点から、ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂を含むことができる。ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、ジアリルビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂(例えば、ジアリルビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ジアリルビスフェノールE型エポキシ樹脂、ジアリルビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ジアリルビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂等)等を用いることができる。
The epoxy resin may contain other epoxy resins that do not correspond to the epoxy resins or epoxy compounds described above.
Other epoxy resins include, but are not particularly limited to, bisphenol-type epoxy resin, trisphenolmethane-type epoxy resin, anthracene-type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester-type epoxy resin, polyol-type epoxy resin, isocyanurate ring-containing epoxy resin, and fluorene-type epoxy resin. Examples thereof include resins and epoxy resins composed of bisphenol A structural units and hydrocarbon structural units.
Among the above-mentioned other epoxy resins, bisphenol-type epoxy resins may be included from the viewpoint of excellent release action for discharging chips and further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability. can. As the bisphenol type epoxy resin, for example, a diallyl bisphenol type epoxy resin (for example, diallyl bisphenol A type epoxy resin, diallyl bisphenol E type epoxy resin, diallyl bisphenol F type epoxy resin, diallyl bisphenol S type epoxy resin, etc.) can be used. can be done.
 エポキシ樹脂としては、前述したエポキシ樹脂及びエポキシ化合物のうち、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。 As the epoxy resin, one of the above-described epoxy resins and epoxy compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
 エポキシ樹脂の1分子当たりの平均エポキシ基数は、本実施形態の作用効果をより有効かつ確実に奏する観点から、1以上3未満であることが好ましく、1.5以上2.5以下であることがより好ましい。平均エポキシ基数は、以下の式により算出される。 The average number of epoxy groups per molecule of the epoxy resin is preferably 1 or more and less than 3, and preferably 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less, from the viewpoint of more effectively and reliably exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment. more preferred. The average number of epoxy groups is calculated by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000062
 上記式中、Ciは、分子中にi個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ樹脂のエポキシ基数を表し、Ziは、分子中にi個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ樹脂のエポキシ樹脂全体に占める割合を表し、Z+Z+…Z=1である。 In the above formula, Ci represents the number of epoxy groups of the epoxy resin having i epoxy groups in the molecule, Zi represents the ratio of the epoxy resin having i epoxy groups in the molecule to the total epoxy resin, Z 1 +Z 2 + . . . Z n =1.
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)としてのエポキシ樹脂の含有量は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、耐薬品性、銅箔密着性、及び絶縁信頼性を一層向上させる観点から、樹脂固形分100質量部に対して、好ましくは1~60質量部であることが好ましく、3~50質量部であることがより好ましく、5~40質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the epoxy resin as the thermosetting resin (C) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving chemical resistance, copper foil adhesion, and insulation reliability, the resin solid content It is preferably 1 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 50 parts by mass, even more preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass.
・その他の樹脂
 熱硬化性樹脂(C)は、本実施形態の樹脂組成物における効果を阻害しない限り、その他の樹脂をさらに含有してもよい。その他の樹脂としては、例えば、オキセタン樹脂、ベンゾオキサジン化合物、及び重合可能な不飽和基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。これらの樹脂又は化合物は、1種単独で又は2種以上を適宜組み合わせて使用することができる。
- Other resins The thermosetting resin (C) may further contain other resins as long as the effects of the resin composition of the present embodiment are not impaired. Other resins include, for example, oxetane resins, benzoxazine compounds, and compounds having polymerizable unsaturated groups. These resins or compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
・オキセタン樹脂
 オキセタン樹脂としては、例えば、オキセタン、2-メチルオキセタン、2,2-ジメチルオキセタン、3-メチルオキセタン、3,3-ジメチルオキセタン等のアルキルオキセタン、3-メチル-3-メトキシメチルオキセタン、3,3’-ジ(トリフルオロメチル)パーフルオキセタン、2-クロロメチルオキセタン、3,3-ビス(クロロメチル)オキセタン、ビフェニル型オキセタン、東亜合成株式会社製品の「OXT-101」、「OXT-121」等が挙げられる。
Oxetane resin Examples of the oxetane resin include oxetane, 2-methyloxetane, 2,2-dimethyloxetane, 3-methyloxetane, alkyloxetane such as 3,3-dimethyloxetane, 3-methyl-3-methoxymethyloxetane, 3,3′-di(trifluoromethyl)perfluoxetane, 2-chloromethyloxetane, 3,3-bis(chloromethyl)oxetane, biphenyl type oxetane, products of Toagosei Co., Ltd. “OXT-101”, “OXT -121” and the like.
・ベンゾオキサジン化合物
 本明細書にいう「ベンゾオキサジン化合物」とは、1分子中に2個以上のジヒドロベンゾオキサジン環を有する化合物をいう。ベンゾオキサジン化合物としては、小西化学株式会社製品の「ビスフェノールF型ベンゾオキサジンBF-BXZ」「ビスフェノールS型ベンゾオキサジンBS-BXZ」等が挙げられる。
- Benzoxazine compound The term "benzoxazine compound" as used herein refers to a compound having two or more dihydrobenzoxazine rings in one molecule. Examples of benzoxazine compounds include "Bisphenol F-type benzoxazine BF-BXZ" and "Bisphenol S-type benzoxazine BS-BXZ" manufactured by Konishi Chemical Co., Ltd., and the like.
・重合可能な不飽和基を有する化合物
 重合可能な不飽和基を有する化合物としては、例えば、エチレン、プロピレン、スチレン、ジビニルベンゼン、ジビニルビフェニル等のビニル化合物;メチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等の1価又は多価アルコールの(メタ)アクリレート類;ビスフェノールA型エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート等のエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート類;ベンゾシクロブテン樹脂等が挙げられる。
Compounds having a polymerizable unsaturated group Examples of compounds having a polymerizable unsaturated group include vinyl compounds such as ethylene, propylene, styrene, divinylbenzene, divinylbiphenyl; methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (Meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipenta Monohydric or polyhydric alcohol (meth)acrylates such as erythritol hexa(meth)acrylate; epoxy (meth)acrylates such as bisphenol A type epoxy (meth)acrylate and bisphenol F type epoxy (meth)acrylate; benzocyclobutene Resin etc. are mentioned.
 <無機充填材(D)>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、本実施形態に係るモリブデン化合物(A)とは異なる無機充填材(D)を含む。樹脂組成物が無機充填材(D)を含むと、耐熱性、及び低熱膨張性を一層向上させる傾向にある。
 無機充填材(D)としては、例えば、シリカ、ケイ素化合物(例えば、ホワイトカーボン等)、金属酸化物(例えば、アルミナ、チタンホワイト、酸化チタン、チタン酸バリウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ジルコニウム等)、金属窒化物(例えば、窒化ホウ素、凝集窒化ホウ素、窒化ケイ素、窒化アルミニウム等)、金属硫酸化物(例えば、硫酸バリウム等)、金属水酸化物(例えば、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化アルミニウム加熱処理品(例えば、水酸化アルミニウムを加熱処理し、結晶水の一部を減じたもの)、ベーマイト、水酸化マグネシウム等)、亜鉛化合物(例えば、ホウ酸亜鉛、錫酸亜鉛等)、クレー、カオリン、タルク、焼成クレー、焼成カオリン、焼成タルク、マイカ、E-ガラス、A-ガラス、NE-ガラス、C-ガラス、L-ガラス、D-ガラス、S-ガラス、M-ガラスG20、ガラス短繊維(Eガラス、Tガラス、Dガラス、Sガラス、Qガラス等のガラス微粉末類を含む。)、中空ガラス、球状ガラス等が挙げられる。これらの無機充填材(D)は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。これらの中でも、無機充填材(D)は、切り粉を排出させる離形作用により優れ、低熱膨張性を一層向上させる観点から、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウム、アルミナ、ベーマイト、窒化ホウ素、窒化アルミニウム、酸化チタン、チタン酸バリウム、酸化マグネシウム、及び水酸化マグネシウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、シリカを含むことがより好ましい。
<Inorganic filler (D)>
The resin composition of the present embodiment contains an inorganic filler (D) different from the molybdenum compound (A) of the present embodiment. When the resin composition contains the inorganic filler (D), it tends to further improve heat resistance and low thermal expansion.
Examples of inorganic fillers (D) include silica, silicon compounds (e.g., white carbon, etc.), metal oxides (e.g., alumina, titanium white, titanium oxide, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, etc.). ), metal nitrides (e.g., boron nitride, agglomerated boron nitride, silicon nitride, aluminum nitride, etc.), metal sulfates (e.g., barium sulfate, etc.), metal hydroxides (e.g., aluminum hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide heat treatment products (e.g. heat-treated aluminum hydroxide to partially reduce the water of crystallization), boehmite, magnesium hydroxide, etc.), zinc compounds (e.g., zinc borate, zinc stannate, etc.), clay, kaolin, Talc, calcined clay, calcined kaolin, calcined talc, mica, E-glass, A-glass, NE-glass, C-glass, L-glass, D-glass, S-glass, M-glass G20, short glass fibers ( glass fine powders such as E glass, T glass, D glass, S glass, and Q glass), hollow glass, spherical glass, and the like. These inorganic fillers (D) are used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, the inorganic filler (D) is excellent in the release action of discharging shavings, and from the viewpoint of further improving low thermal expansion properties, silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, oxide It preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of titanium, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide, and more preferably contains silica.
 シリカとしては、例えば、天然シリカ、溶融シリカ、合成シリカ、アエロジル、中空シリカ等が挙げられる。これらのシリカは1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。これらの中でも、樹脂組成物への分散性の観点から、溶融シリカであることが好ましい。 Examples of silica include natural silica, fused silica, synthetic silica, aerosil, and hollow silica. These silicas are used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, fused silica is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility in the resin composition.
 シリカは、市販品を用いてもよく、公知の方法により製造された製品を用いてもよい。シリカの市販品としては、デンカ(株)製の「SFP-130MC、(株)アドマテックス製の「SC-2050MB」、「SC-1050MLE」、「YA010C-MFN」、及び「YA050C-MJA」等が挙げられる。 Silica may be a commercially available product or a product manufactured by a known method. Commercial products of silica include “SFP-130MC” manufactured by Denka Co., Ltd., “SC-2050MB”, “SC-1050MLE”, “YA010C-MFN”, and “YA050C-MJA” manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd. is mentioned.
 無機充填材(D)の含有量は、ドリルの摩耗を抑制し、低熱膨張性を一層向上させる観点から、熱硬化性化合物(B)と熱硬化性樹脂(C)との合計100質量部に対して、40~600質量部であることが好ましく、100~400質量部であることがより好ましい。 The content of the inorganic filler (D) is 100 parts by mass in total of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C) from the viewpoint of suppressing wear of the drill and further improving the low thermal expansion property. On the other hand, it is preferably 40 to 600 parts by mass, more preferably 100 to 400 parts by mass.
 <シランカップリング剤>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、シランカップリング剤を更に含有してもよい。樹脂組成物がシランカップリング剤を含有することにより、無機充填材(D)の分散性、及び樹脂組成物と後述する基材との接着強度が、一層向上する傾向にある。
<Silane coupling agent>
The resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a silane coupling agent. When the resin composition contains a silane coupling agent, the dispersibility of the inorganic filler (D) and the adhesive strength between the resin composition and the substrate described below tend to be further improved.
 シランカップリング剤としては特に限定されず、一般に無機物の表面処理に使用されるシランカップリング剤が挙げられる。例えば、アミノシラン系化合物(例えば、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-β-(アミノエチル)-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン等)、エポキシシラン系化合物(例えば、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン等)、アクリルシラン系化合物(例えば、γ-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン等)、カチオニックシラン系化合物(例えば、N-β-(N-ビニルベンジルアミノエチル)-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン塩酸塩等)、スチリルシラン系化合物、フェニルシラン系化合物等が挙げられる。シランカップリング剤は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。これらの中でも、シランカップリング剤は、エポキシシラン系化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシシラン系化合物としては、例えば、信越化学工業(株)製の「KBM-403」、「KBM-303」、「KBM-402」、「KBE-403」等が挙げられる。 The silane coupling agent is not particularly limited, and includes silane coupling agents that are generally used for surface treatment of inorganic substances. For example, aminosilane compounds (eg, γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-β-(aminoethyl)-γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.), epoxysilane compounds (eg, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, silane, etc.), acrylsilane compounds (eg, γ-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.), cationic silane compounds (eg, N-β-(N-vinylbenzylaminoethyl)-γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, hydrochloride, etc.), styrylsilane-based compounds, phenylsilane-based compounds, and the like. A silane coupling agent is used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, the silane coupling agent is preferably an epoxysilane compound. Examples of epoxysilane compounds include "KBM-403", "KBM-303", "KBM-402", and "KBE-403" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
 シランカップリング剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、樹脂固形分100質量部に対して、0.1~10質量部であってよい。 The content of the silane coupling agent is not particularly limited, but may be 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content.
 <湿潤分散剤>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、湿潤分散剤を更に含有してもよい。樹脂組成物は、湿潤分散剤を含有することにより、充填材の分散性が一層向上する傾向にある。
<Wetting and dispersing agent>
The resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a wetting and dispersing agent. By containing a wetting and dispersing agent, the resin composition tends to further improve the dispersibility of the filler.
 湿潤分散剤としては、充填材を分散させるために用いられる公知の分散剤(分散安定剤)であればよく、例えば、ビックケミー・ジャパン(株)製のDISPERBYK(登録商標)-110、111、118、180、161、BYK(登録商標)-W996、W9010、W903等が挙げられる。 The wetting and dispersing agent may be a known dispersing agent (dispersion stabilizer) used for dispersing fillers, for example, DISPERBYK (registered trademark)-110, 111, 118 manufactured by BYK-Chemie Japan Co., Ltd. , 180, 161, BYK (registered trademark)-W996, W9010, W903, and the like.
 湿潤分散剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、樹脂固形分100質量部に対して、0.5質量部以上5.0質量部以下であることが好ましい。 Although the content of the wetting and dispersing agent is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 5.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content.
 <硬化触媒>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、硬化触媒を更に含有してもよい。硬化触媒としては、例えば、イミダゾール触媒及びリン系触媒が挙げられる。これらの触媒は1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。これらの中でも、イミダゾール触媒が好ましい。
<Curing catalyst>
The resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a curing catalyst. Curing catalysts include, for example, imidazole catalysts and phosphorus catalysts. These catalysts are used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, imidazole catalysts are preferred.
 イミダゾール触媒としては、例えば、前記のイミダゾールが挙げられる。中でも、エポキシ成分の単独重合を防ぐ観点から、2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-ピロロ[1,2-a]ベンゾイミダゾール及び/又は2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール(TPIZ(商品名)、東京化成工業(株))が好ましい。 Examples of imidazole catalysts include the above imidazoles. Among them, from the viewpoint of preventing homopolymerization of the epoxy component, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole and/or 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole (TPIZ (trade name), Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) is preferred.
 硬化触媒(好ましくはイミダゾール触媒)の使用量は、例えば、樹脂固形分100質量部に対して、0.1~10質量部である。 The amount of curing catalyst (preferably imidazole catalyst) used is, for example, 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of resin solid content.
 <溶剤>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、溶剤を更に含有してもよい。樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含むことにより、樹脂組成物の調製時における粘度が下がり、ハンドリング性(取り扱い性)が一層向上したり、基材への含浸性が一層向上したりする傾向にある。
<Solvent>
The resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a solvent. By containing a solvent, the resin composition tends to have a lower viscosity during the preparation of the resin composition, further improving handling properties, and further improving the impregnating properties of the base material.
 溶剤としては、樹脂組成物中の各成分の一部又は全部を溶解可能であれば、特に限定されない。例えば、ケトン類(アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等)、芳香族炭化水素類(例えば、トルエン、キシレン等)、アミド類(例えば、ジメチルホルムアルデヒド等)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル及びそのアセテート等が挙げられる。これらの溶剤は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。 The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve part or all of each component in the resin composition. Examples thereof include ketones (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (eg, toluene, xylene, etc.), amides (eg, dimethylformaldehyde, etc.), propylene glycol monomethyl ether and acetate thereof. These solvents are used singly or in combination of two or more.
[樹脂組成物の製造方法]
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物の製造方法としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、上述した各成分を一括的に又は逐次的に溶剤に配合し、撹拌する方法が挙げられる。この際、各成分を均一に溶解又は分散せるために、撹拌、混合、混練処理等の公知の処理が用いられる。
[Method for producing resin composition]
The method for producing the resin composition of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, but an example thereof includes a method of collectively or sequentially blending each component with a solvent and stirring the mixture. At this time, in order to uniformly dissolve or disperse each component, known treatments such as stirring, mixing, and kneading are used.
[用途]
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、硬化物、プリプレグ、樹脂シート、積層板、金属箔張積層板、プリント配線板として、好適に用いることができる。以下、これらについて説明する。
[Use]
The resin composition of the present embodiment can be suitably used as a cured product, prepreg, resin sheet, laminate, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board. These will be described below.
[硬化物]
 硬化物は、本実施形態の樹脂組成物を硬化させて得られる。硬化物の製造方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば、本実施形態の樹脂組成物を溶融又は溶媒に溶解させた後、型内に流し込み、熱や光などを用いて通常の条件で硬化させることにより得ることができる。熱硬化の場合、硬化温度は、硬化が効率的に進み、かつ得られる硬化物の劣化を防止する観点から、120~300℃の範囲内が好ましい。
[Cured product]
A cured product is obtained by curing the resin composition of the present embodiment. The method for producing the cured product is not particularly limited. For example, the resin composition of the present embodiment is melted or dissolved in a solvent, poured into a mold, and cured under normal conditions using heat or light. can be obtained by In the case of heat curing, the curing temperature is preferably in the range of 120 to 300° C. from the viewpoint of efficient curing and prevention of deterioration of the resulting cured product.
[樹脂シート]
 本実施形態の樹脂シートは、支持体と、支持体の片面又は両面に配された樹脂層と、を有し、樹脂層が、本実施形態の樹脂組成物を含む。樹脂シートは、例えば、本実施形態の樹脂組成物を支持体の片面又は両面に塗布することにより形成されたものであってもよい。樹脂シートは、例えば、金属箔やフィルム等の支持体に、直接、本実施形態の樹脂組成物(ワニス)を塗布及び乾燥して製造できる。
[Resin sheet]
The resin sheet of this embodiment has a support and a resin layer disposed on one side or both sides of the support, and the resin layer contains the resin composition of this embodiment. The resin sheet may be formed, for example, by coating the resin composition of the present embodiment on one side or both sides of a support. A resin sheet can be produced, for example, by directly applying the resin composition (varnish) of the present embodiment onto a support such as a metal foil or a film and drying it.
 支持体としては、例えば、各種プリント配線板材料に用いられている公知のものを使用することができ、樹脂フィルム又は金属箔であることが好ましい。樹脂フィルム及び金属箔としては、例えば、ポリイミドフィルム、ポリアミドフィルム、ポリエステルフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)フィルム、ポリプロピレン(PP)フィルム、ポリエチレン(PE)フィルム等の樹脂フィルム、及びアルミニウム箔、銅箔、金箔等の金属箔が挙げられる。支持体は、これらの中でも、電解銅箔、PETフィルムが好ましい。 As the support, for example, known ones used for various printed wiring board materials can be used, and resin films or metal foils are preferable. Examples of resin films and metal foils include resin films such as polyimide film, polyamide film, polyester film, polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) film, polypropylene (PP) film, polyethylene (PE) film, and metal foils such as aluminum foil, copper foil and gold foil. Among these, the support is preferably an electrolytic copper foil or a PET film.
 樹脂シートは、例えば、本実施形態の樹脂組成物を支持体に塗布後、半硬化(Bステージ化)させることにより得られる。樹脂シートの製造方法は、一般にBステージ樹脂及び支持体の複合体を製造する方法が好ましい。具体的には、例えば、樹脂組成物を銅箔などの支持体に塗布した後、100~200℃の乾燥機中で、1~60分加熱させる方法などにより半硬化させ、樹脂シートを製造する方法などが挙げられる。支持体に対する樹脂組成物の付着量は、樹脂シートの樹脂厚で1.0~300μmの範囲が好ましい。樹脂シートは、プリント配線板のビルドアップ材料として使用可能である。 A resin sheet can be obtained, for example, by applying the resin composition of the present embodiment to a support and then semi-curing it (to B-stage). A method for producing a resin sheet is generally preferably a method for producing a composite of a B-stage resin and a support. Specifically, for example, after the resin composition is applied to a support such as a copper foil, it is semi-cured by heating in a dryer at 100 to 200° C. for 1 to 60 minutes to produce a resin sheet. methods and the like. The amount of the resin composition adhered to the support is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 300 μm in resin thickness of the resin sheet. A resin sheet can be used as a build-up material for a printed wiring board.
[プリプレグ]
 本実施形態のプリプレグは、基材と、基材に含浸又は塗布された、本実施形態の樹脂組成物とを含む。プリプレグの形成方法は、公知の方法であってもよく、具体的には、本実施形態の樹脂組成物を基材に含浸又は塗布させた後、100~200℃の条件にて加熱乾燥させることにより半硬化(Bステージ化)させることにより得られる。
[Prepreg]
The prepreg of the present embodiment includes a substrate and the resin composition of the present embodiment impregnated or applied to the substrate. The method of forming the prepreg may be a known method. Specifically, the resin composition of the present embodiment is impregnated or applied to a substrate, and then heated and dried at 100 to 200 ° C. It is obtained by semi-curing (to B stage).
 本実施形態のプリプレグは、半硬化状態のプリプレグを180~230℃の加熱温度及び60~180分の加熱時間の条件で熱硬化させて得られる硬化物の形態も包含する。 The prepreg of the present embodiment also includes the form of a cured product obtained by thermally curing a semi-cured prepreg under conditions of a heating temperature of 180 to 230° C. and a heating time of 60 to 180 minutes.
 プリプレグにおける樹脂組成物の含有量は、プリプレグの総量に対して、プリプレグの固形分換算で、好ましくは30~90体積%であり、より好ましくは35~85体積%であり、更に好ましくは40~80体積%である。樹脂組成物の含有量が上記範囲内であることにより、成形性がより向上する傾向にある。なお、ここでいうプリプレグの固形分は、プリプレグ中から溶剤を取り除いた成分をいい、例えば、充填材は、プリプレグの固形分に含まれる。また、ここでいう樹脂組成物の含有量には、硬化した樹脂組成物の成分も含まれる。 The content of the resin composition in the prepreg is preferably 30 to 90% by volume, more preferably 35 to 85% by volume, and still more preferably 40 to 40% by volume, based on the total amount of the prepreg, in terms of the solid content of the prepreg. 80% by volume. When the content of the resin composition is within the above range, moldability tends to be further improved. The solid content of the prepreg as used herein refers to a component obtained by removing the solvent from the prepreg. For example, the filler is included in the solid content of the prepreg. In addition, the content of the resin composition referred to here also includes the components of the cured resin composition.
 基材としては、例えば、各種プリント配線板の材料に用いられている公知の基材が挙げられる。例えば、ガラス基材、ガラス以外の無機基材(例えば、クォーツ等のガラス以外の無機繊維で構成された無機基材)、有機基材(例えば、全芳香族ポリアミド、ポリエステル、ポリパラフェニレンベンズオキサゾール、ポリイミド等の有機繊維で構成された有機基材)等が挙げられる。これらの基材は、1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。これらの中でも、加熱寸法安定性に一層優れたりする観点から、ガラス基材が好ましい。 Examples of the base material include known base materials used as materials for various printed wiring boards. For example, glass substrates, inorganic substrates other than glass (for example, inorganic substrates composed of inorganic fibers other than glass such as quartz), organic substrates (for example, wholly aromatic polyamide, polyester, polyparaphenylene benzoxazole , an organic base material composed of organic fibers such as polyimide), and the like. These substrates are used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, a glass substrate is preferable from the viewpoint of being more excellent in dimensional stability under heating.
 ガラス基材を構成する繊維としては、例えば、Eガラス、Dガラス、Sガラス、Tガラス、Qガラス、Lガラス、NEガラス、HMEガラス等の繊維が挙げられる。これらの中でも、ガラス基材を構成する繊維は、強度と低吸水性に一層優れる観点から、Eガラス、Dガラス、Sガラス、Tガラス、Qガラス、Lガラス、NEガラス、及びHMEガラスからなる群より選択される1種以上の繊維であることが好ましい。 Fibers constituting the glass substrate include, for example, E glass, D glass, S glass, T glass, Q glass, L glass, NE glass, HME glass, and the like. Among these, the fibers that make up the glass substrate are made of E glass, D glass, S glass, T glass, Q glass, L glass, NE glass, and HME glass, from the viewpoint of being more excellent in strength and low water absorption. One or more fibers selected from the group are preferred.
 基材の形態としては例えば、織布、不織布、ロービング、チョップドストランドマット、サーフェシングマット等の形態が挙げられる。織布の織り方としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、平織り、ななこ織り、綾織り等が知られており、これら公知のものから目的とする用途や性能により適宜選択して使用することができる。また、これらを開繊処理したものやシランカップリング剤等で表面処理したガラス織布が好適に使用される。基材の厚さや質量は、通常0.01~0.1mm程度のものが好適に用いられる。 Examples of the form of the base material include woven fabric, nonwoven fabric, roving, chopped strand mat, surfacing mat, and the like. The weaving method of the woven fabric is not particularly limited, but for example, plain weave, Nanako weave, twill weave, etc. are known, and it is possible to appropriately select and use from these known ones depending on the intended use and performance. . In addition, glass woven fabrics surface-treated with a silane coupling agent or the like are preferably used. The thickness and weight of the base material are preferably about 0.01 to 0.1 mm.
[金属箔張積層板]
 本実施形態の金属箔張積層板は、本実施形態の樹脂シート、及び本実施形態のプリプレグからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種で形成された積層体と、積層体の片面又は両面に配された金属箔と、を含む。積層体は、1つの樹脂シート又は1つのプリプレグで形成されていてよく、複数の樹脂シート及び/又は複数のプリプレグで形成されていてもよい。
[Metal foil clad laminate]
The metal foil-clad laminate of the present embodiment includes a laminate formed of at least one selected from the group consisting of the resin sheet of the present embodiment and the prepreg of the present embodiment, and a laminate disposed on one or both sides of the laminate. and a coated metal foil. The laminate may be formed from one resin sheet or one prepreg, or may be formed from a plurality of resin sheets and/or a plurality of prepregs.
 金属箔(導体層)としては、各種プリント配線板材料に用いられる金属箔であればよく、例えば、銅、アルミニウム等の金属箔が挙げられ、銅の金属箔としては、圧延銅箔、電解銅箔等の銅箔が挙げられる。導体層の厚みは、例えば、1~70μmであり、好ましくは1.5~35μmである。 The metal foil (conductor layer) may be any metal foil that is used for various printed wiring board materials, and examples thereof include metal foils of copper, aluminum, and the like. Copper foil, such as foil, is mentioned. The thickness of the conductor layer is, for example, 1 to 70 μm, preferably 1.5 to 35 μm.
 金属箔張積層板の成形方法及びその成形条件は、特に限定されず、一般的なプリント配線板用積層板及び多層板の手法及び条件を適用することができる。例えば、積層板(上述した積層体)又は金属箔張積層板の成形時には、多段プレス機、多段真空プレス機、連続成形機、オートクレーブ成形機等を用いることができる。また、積層板(上述した積層体)又は金属箔張積層板の成形(積層成形)において、温度は100~300℃、圧力は面圧2~100kgf/cm2、加熱時間は0.05~5時間の範囲が一般的である。さらに、必要に応じて、150~300℃の温度で後硬化を行うこともできる。特に多段プレス機を用いた場合は、プリプレグの硬化を十分に促進させる観点から、温度200~250℃、圧力10~40kgf/cm2、加熱時間80~130分が好ましく、温度215~235℃、圧力25~35kgf/cm2、加熱時間90~120分がより好ましい。また、プリプレグと、別途作成した内層用の配線板とを組み合わせて積層成形することにより、多層板とすることも可能である。 The molding method and molding conditions for the metal foil-clad laminate are not particularly limited, and general techniques and conditions for printed wiring board laminates and multilayer boards can be applied. For example, a multistage press machine, a multistage vacuum press machine, a continuous molding machine, an autoclave molding machine, or the like can be used when molding a laminate (laminate described above) or a metal foil-clad laminate. In the molding of a laminate (laminate described above) or a metal foil-clad laminate (lamination molding), the temperature is 100 to 300° C., the pressure is 2 to 100 kgf/cm 2 , and the heating time is 0.05 to 5. Time ranges are common. Furthermore, if desired, post-curing can be performed at a temperature of 150-300°C. Particularly when a multistage press is used, the temperature is preferably 200 to 250° C., the pressure is 10 to 40 kgf/cm 2 , and the heating time is 80 to 130 minutes, from the viewpoint of sufficiently accelerating the curing of the prepreg. More preferably, the pressure is 25 to 35 kgf/cm 2 and the heating time is 90 to 120 minutes. Moreover, it is also possible to form a multilayer board by laminating a prepreg and a wiring board for an inner layer separately prepared in combination.
[プリント配線板]
 本実施形態のプリント配線板は、絶縁層と、絶縁層の片面又は両面に形成された導体層と、を有し、絶縁層が、本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む。絶縁層は、本実施形態の樹脂シート及び/又はプリプレグより形成されることが好ましい。プリント配線板は、例えば、本実施形態の金属箔張積層板の金属箔を所定の配線パターンにエッチングして導体層とすることにより形成できる。
[Printed wiring board]
The printed wiring board of this embodiment has an insulating layer and a conductor layer formed on one side or both sides of the insulating layer, and the insulating layer contains a cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment. The insulating layer is preferably formed from the resin sheet and/or prepreg of the present embodiment. A printed wiring board can be formed, for example, by etching the metal foil of the metal foil-clad laminate of the present embodiment into a predetermined wiring pattern to form a conductor layer.
 プリント配線板は、例えば、以下の方法により製造することができる。まず、本実施形態の金属箔張積層板を用意する。金属箔張積層板の金属箔を所定の配線パターンにエッチングして導体層(内層回路)を有する内層基板を作成する。次に、内層基板の導体層(内層回路)表面に、所定数のプリプレグと、外層回路用の金属箔とをこの順序で積層し、加熱加圧して一体成形(積層成形)することにより、積層体を得る。なお、積層成形の方法及びその成形条件は、上記の積層板及び金属箔張積層板における積層成形の方法及びその成形条件と同様である。次に、積層体にスルーホール、バイアホール用の穴あけ加工を施し、これにより形成された穴の壁面に導体層(内層回路)と、外層回路用の金属箔とを導通させるためのめっき金属皮膜を形成する。次に、外層回路用の金属箔を所定の配線パターンにエッチングして導体層(外層回路)を有する外層基板を作成する。このようにしてプリント配線板が製造される。 A printed wiring board can be manufactured, for example, by the following method. First, the metal foil-clad laminate of this embodiment is prepared. An inner layer board having a conductor layer (inner layer circuit) is produced by etching the metal foil of the metal foil clad laminate into a predetermined wiring pattern. Next, on the surface of the conductor layer (inner layer circuit) of the inner layer substrate, a predetermined number of prepregs and a metal foil for the outer layer circuit are laminated in this order, and integrally molded (lamination molding) by heating and pressing. get a body The laminate molding method and molding conditions are the same as the laminate molding method and molding conditions for the laminate and the metal foil-clad laminate described above. Next, the laminate is perforated for through holes and via holes, and the wall surfaces of the holes thus formed are plated with a metal film for conducting the conductor layer (inner layer circuit) and the metal foil for the outer layer circuit. to form Next, the metal foil for the outer layer circuit is etched into a predetermined wiring pattern to form an outer layer substrate having a conductor layer (outer layer circuit). A printed wiring board is thus manufactured.
 また、金属箔張積層板を用いない場合には、上記絶縁層に、回路となる導体層を形成しプリント配線板を作製してもよい。この際、導体層の形成に無電解めっきの手法を用いることもできる。 In addition, when a metal foil-clad laminate is not used, a printed wiring board may be produced by forming a conductor layer that becomes a circuit on the insulating layer. At this time, an electroless plating technique can be used to form the conductor layer.
 上記の製造例で得られるプリント配線板は、絶縁層と、この絶縁層の表面に形成された導体層とを有し、絶縁層が本実施形態に係る樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む構成となる。すなわち、本実施形態に係るプリプレグ(基材及びこれに含浸又は塗布された本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む)、本実施形態の金属箔張積層板の樹脂組成物の層(本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む層)が、本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む絶縁層から構成されることになる。 The printed wiring board obtained in the above production example has an insulating layer and a conductor layer formed on the surface of the insulating layer, and the insulating layer contains a cured product of the resin composition according to the present embodiment. Become. That is, the prepreg according to the present embodiment (including the base material and the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment impregnated or applied thereto), the layer of the resin composition of the metal foil-clad laminate of the present embodiment (this The layer containing the cured product of the resin composition of the embodiment) is composed of the insulating layer containing the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment.
 以下、本実施形態を実施例及び比較例を用いてより具体的に説明する。本実施形態は、以下の実施例によって何ら限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present embodiment will be described more specifically using examples and comparative examples. This embodiment is not limited at all by the following examples.
〔重量平均分子量(Mw)の測定方法〕
 熱硬化性化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、以下のように、GPC法により測定した。熱硬化性化合物0.5gを2gのテトラヒドロフラン(THF)に溶解させた溶液20μLを、高速液体クロマトグラフィー((株)島津製作所、ポンプ:LC-20AD(商品名))に注入し、分析を実施した。カラムは、昭和電工製Shodex(登録商標) GPC KF-804(商品名、長さ30cm×内径8mm)、Shodex(登録商標) GPC KF-803(商品名、長さ30cm×内径8mm)、Shodex(登録商標) GPC KF-802(商品名、長さ30cm×内径8mm)、及びShodex(登録商標) GPC KF-801(商品名、長さ30cm×内径8mm)、の計4本使用し、移動相としてTHF(溶剤)を用い、流速を1mL/min.とし、検出器はRID-10A(商品名、示差屈折率検出器、(株)島津製作所))を用いた。重量平均分子量(Mw)は、GPC法により標準ポリスチレンを標準物質として求めた。
[Method for measuring weight average molecular weight (Mw)]
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the thermosetting compound was measured by the GPC method as follows. 20 μL of a solution obtained by dissolving 0.5 g of a thermosetting compound in 2 g of tetrahydrofuran (THF) is injected into a high-performance liquid chromatography (Shimadzu Corporation, pump: LC-20AD (trade name)) for analysis. bottom. The columns were Shodex (registered trademark) GPC KF-804 (trade name, length 30 cm x inner diameter 8 mm) manufactured by Showa Denko, Shodex (registered trademark) GPC KF-803 (trade name, length 30 cm x inner diameter 8 mm), Shodex ( Registered trademark) GPC KF-802 (trade name, length 30 cm × inner diameter 8 mm), and Shodex (registered trademark) GPC KF-801 (trade name, length 30 cm × inner diameter 8 mm), using a total of four, the mobile phase THF (solvent) was used as a solvent, and the flow rate was 1 mL/min. As a detector, RID-10A (trade name, differential refractive index detector, Shimadzu Corporation) was used. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was obtained by GPC method using standard polystyrene as a standard substance.
〔製造例1〕モリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物((NH)ZnMoO・(HO))の合成
 純水100gにモリブデン酸アンモニウム0.015mol(30.0g)と塩化亜鉛0.105mol(14.3g)を溶解した。この溶液に、20℃で撹拌しながら、10mol/Lの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液0.5gを滴下して、沈殿を得た。
 生成した沈殿をメンブレンフィルターでろ過後、120℃で1時間乾燥して、白色の粉体を得た。得られた粉体をX線回折装置((株)リガク MiniFlex600(商品名))で分析したところ、モリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物((NH)ZnMoO・(HO))であることを確認した。
 続いて、得られた粉体に対して、ジェットミル粉砕機(日清エンジニアリング(株)、スーパージェットミル SJ-500)を用いて粉砕処理を行い、粉砕処理で得られた粉体をレーザー回折・散乱式粒子径分布測定装置(Microtrac MT3300EXII(商品名))で測定したところ、平均粒子径(D50粒子径)は2.2μmであった。
[Production Example 1] Synthesis of zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate ((NH 4 )Zn 2 MoO 9 ·(H 3 O)) 0.015 mol (30.0 g) of ammonium molybdate and 0.0 g of zinc chloride are added to 100 g of pure water. 105 mol (14.3 g) were dissolved. 0.5 g of a 10 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution was added dropwise to this solution while stirring at 20° C. to obtain a precipitate.
After filtering the generated precipitate with a membrane filter, it was dried at 120° C. for 1 hour to obtain a white powder. When the obtained powder was analyzed with an X-ray diffractometer (Rigaku Co., Ltd. MiniFlex 600 (trade name)), it was found that zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate ((NH 4 )Zn 2 MoO 9. (H 3 O)) Confirmed that there is.
Subsequently, the obtained powder is pulverized using a jet mill pulverizer (Nisshin Engineering Co., Ltd., Super Jet Mill SJ-500), and the powder obtained by the pulverization treatment is subjected to laser diffraction. - The average particle size (D50 particle size) was 2.2 µm when measured with a scattering type particle size distribution analyzer (Microtrac MT3300EXII (trade name)).
〔製造例2〕15nmのシリカで表面を被覆したモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物(シリカコートモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物)の粉体の製造
 容器中にて、製造例1で得られたモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体(平均粒子径2.2μm)33gをエタノール100mlに分散させ、オイルバスで容器を加熱することにより、得られた分散液の液温を55℃に保持した。これにシリコンテトラエトキシド6gとアンモニア水(29%濃度)6gとを添加し、撹拌しながら2時間反応させた。その後、乾燥及び加熱処理し、被膜厚が15nmになるように調節した。その後、エタノールで希釈洗浄、濾過し、真空乾燥機を用いて110℃で3時間乾燥した。乾燥後、回転式チューブ炉を用いて650℃で30分間の加熱処理を施すことにより、シリカコートモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体(平均粒子径:2.5μm)を得た。得られたシリカコートモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体の分散状態は非常に良かった。
[Production Example 2] Production of powder of zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate surface-coated with 15 nm silica (silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate) 33 g of zinc ammonium hydrate powder (average particle size: 2.2 μm) was dispersed in 100 ml of ethanol, and the temperature of the resulting dispersion was maintained at 55° C. by heating the container with an oil bath. 6 g of silicon tetraethoxide and 6 g of aqueous ammonia (29% concentration) were added thereto, and the mixture was reacted for 2 hours while stirring. After that, drying and heat treatment were performed, and the film thickness was adjusted to 15 nm. Then, it was diluted and washed with ethanol, filtered, and dried at 110° C. for 3 hours using a vacuum dryer. After drying, heat treatment was performed at 650° C. for 30 minutes using a rotary tube furnace to obtain silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate powder (average particle size: 2.5 μm). The obtained powder of silica-coated ammonium zinc molybdate hydrate was in a very good state of dispersion.
〔合成例1〕1-ナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物(SN495V-CN)の合成
 上記式(2b)におけるR2aがすべて水素原子であるα-ナフトールアラルキル型フェノール樹脂(SN495V、OH基当量:236g/mol、新日鐵化学(株)製)300g(ヒドロキシ基(OH基)換算1.28mol)及びトリエチルアミン194.6g(1.92mol)(ヒドロキシ基1molに対して1.5mol)をジクロロメタン1800gに溶解させ、これを溶液1とした。塩化シアン125.9g(2.05mol)(ヒドロキシ基1molに対して1.6mol)、ジクロロメタン293.8g、36%塩酸194.5g(1.92mol)(ヒドロキシ基1molに対して1.5mol)、水1205.9gを、撹拌下、液温-2~-0.5℃に保ちながら、溶液1を30分かけて注下した。溶液1注下終了後、同温度にて30分撹拌した後、トリエチルアミン65g(0.64mol)(ヒドロキシ基1molに対して0.5mol)をジクロロメタン65gに溶解させた溶液(溶液2)を10分かけて注下した。溶液2注下終了後、同温度にて30分撹拌して反応を完結させた。その後反応液を静置して有機相と水相を分離した。得られた有機相を水1300gで5回洗浄した。水洗5回目の廃水の電気伝導度は5μS/cmであり、水による洗浄により除けるイオン性化合物は十分に除かれていることを確認した。水洗後の有機相を減圧下で濃縮し、最終的に90℃で1時間濃縮乾固させて目的とする1-ナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物(SN495V-CN,シアン酸エステル基当量:261g/mol)(橙色粘性物)331gを得た。得られたSN495V-CNの赤外吸収スペクトルは2250cm-1(シアン酸エステル基)の吸収を示し、且つ、ヒドロキシ基の吸収は示さなかった。
[Synthesis Example 1] Synthesis of 1-naphthol aralkyl-type cyanate ester compound (SN495V-CN) α-naphthol aralkyl-type phenolic resin (SN495V, OH group equivalent: 236 g) in which all R 2a in the above formula (2b) are hydrogen atoms / mol, manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd.) 300 g (1.28 mol in terms of hydroxy group (OH group)) and 194.6 g (1.92 mol) of triethylamine (1.5 mol per 1 mol of hydroxy group) to 1800 g of dichloromethane It was dissolved and this was designated as Solution 1. 125.9 g (2.05 mol) of cyanogen chloride (1.6 mol per 1 mol of hydroxy group), 293.8 g of dichloromethane, 194.5 g (1.92 mol) of 36% hydrochloric acid (1.5 mol per 1 mol of hydroxy group), Solution 1 was poured into 1205.9 g of water over 30 minutes while stirring and maintaining the liquid temperature at -2 to -0.5°C. After pouring solution 1, the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. I ordered over. After pouring solution 2, the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes to complete the reaction. After that, the reaction solution was allowed to stand to separate the organic phase and the aqueous phase. The resulting organic phase was washed 5 times with 1300 g of water. The electrical conductivity of the wastewater after the fifth washing was 5 μS/cm, and it was confirmed that the ionic compounds that could be removed by washing with water were sufficiently removed. The organic phase after washing with water is concentrated under reduced pressure and finally concentrated to dryness at 90° C. for 1 hour to give the desired 1-naphthol aralkyl cyanate ester compound (SN495V-CN, cyanate ester group equivalent: 261 g/ mol) (orange viscous substance) was obtained. The infrared absorption spectrum of the obtained SN495V-CN showed absorption at 2250 cm -1 (cyanate ester group) and no absorption of hydroxy group.
〔実施例1〕
(重合体(B1)の製造)
 マレイミド化合物(マレイミド基当量285g/mol、BMI-80(商品名)、ケイ・アイ化成(株))14質量部をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(KHネオケム(株))40質量部に加熱還流温度130℃の条件下において溶解させた溶液に、ジアミノ変性シリコーン(アミノ基当量1500g/mol、X-22-161B(商品名)、信越化学工業(株))10質量部を溶解及び反応させて、一次ポリマーを調製した。その後、加熱還流温度130℃の条件下で攪拌を続け、ICI粘度計(コーンプレート型粘度計、東和工業社製)で一次ポリマーを含む溶液の粘度が200~300mPa・sまで増加した時点で、この溶液に、無水コハク酸(東京化成社製)1.0質量部をプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート(ダウ・ケミカル社製)22.5質量部に溶解させた溶液を添加し、加熱還流温度130℃の条件下のまま、数時間反応させ、熱硬化性化合物(B)である重合体(B1)を含む溶液を得た。
[Example 1]
(Production of polymer (B1))
14 parts by mass of a maleimide compound (maleimide group equivalent: 285 g/mol, BMI-80 (trade name), K.I. Kasei Co., Ltd.) was added to 40 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (KH Neochem Co., Ltd.) and heated to reflux at 130°C. 10 parts by mass of diamino-modified silicone (amino group equivalent 1500 g / mol, X-22-161B (trade name), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) is dissolved and reacted in the solution dissolved under the conditions of the primary polymer was prepared. After that, stirring is continued at a heating reflux temperature of 130° C., and when the viscosity of the solution containing the primary polymer increases to 200 to 300 mPa s with an ICI viscometer (cone and plate type viscometer, manufactured by Towa Kogyo Co., Ltd.), A solution obtained by dissolving 1.0 part by mass of succinic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Co., Ltd.) in 22.5 parts by mass of propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added to this solution, and heated to reflux temperature of 130. C. for several hours to obtain a solution containing the polymer (B1), which is the thermosetting compound (B).
 得られた重合体(B1)は、分子中に、マレイミド基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含むことを確認した。
 また、重合体(B1)は、アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、マレイミド化合物に由来する構成単位とを含むことを確認した。
 さらに、JIS K 7237:1995に準拠して、重合体(B1)中における1級アミン及び2級アミンの合計量を測定したところ、重合体(B1)のアミン価は、0.1mgKOH/gであった。
 なお、重合体(B1)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、前記の方法で測定した結果、GPC法におけるポリスチレン換算で12000であった。
It was confirmed that the obtained polymer (B1) contained a maleimide group and a polysiloxane structure in the molecule.
It was also confirmed that the polymer (B1) contained structural units derived from an amino-modified silicone and structural units derived from a maleimide compound.
Furthermore, when the total amount of primary amine and secondary amine in polymer (B1) was measured in accordance with JIS K 7237:1995, the amine value of polymer (B1) was 0.1 mgKOH/g. there were.
In addition, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (B1) was 12000 in terms of polystyrene in the GPC method as a result of measurement by the above method.
(プリプレグの製造)
 得られた重合体(B1)25質量部(固形分換算)と、マレイミド化合物(マレイミド基当量186g/mol、BMI-2300(商品名)、大和化成工業(株))35質量部と、ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂(NC-3000H(商品名)、日本化薬(株))8質量部と、アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物(アルケニル基当量286g/mol、BANI-M(商品名)、丸善石油化学(株))32質量部と、製造例2で得られたシリカコートモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体3質量部と、スラリーシリカ(SC-2050MB(商品名)、(株)アドマテックス)200質量部と、エポキシシランカップリング剤(KBM-403(商品名)、東レ・ダウコーティング(株))5質量部と、湿潤分散剤(DISPERBYK-161(商品名)、ビックケミー・ジャパン(株))1質量部と、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール(東京化成工業社製)1質量部と、溶剤としてメチルエチルケトンとを混合して、ワニス(樹脂組成物)を得た。このワニスをSガラス織布(厚さ100μm)に含浸塗工し、150℃で3分間加熱乾燥して、樹脂組成物の固形分(充填材を含む)含有量46質量%のプリプレグを得た。
(Manufacture of prepreg)
25 parts by mass of the obtained polymer (B1) (in terms of solid content), a maleimide compound (maleimide group equivalent: 186 g/mol, BMI-2300 (trade name), Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 35 parts by mass, and biphenyl aralkyl type epoxy resin (NC-3000H (trade name), Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 8 parts by mass, an alkenyl-substituted nadimide compound (alkenyl group equivalent 286 g / mol, BANI-M (trade name), Maruzen Petrochemical Co., Ltd. ) 32 parts by mass, 3 parts by mass of the silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate powder obtained in Production Example 2, and 200 parts by mass of slurry silica (SC-2050MB (trade name), Admatechs Co., Ltd.) , epoxy silane coupling agent (KBM-403 (trade name), Toray Dow Coating Co., Ltd.) 5 parts by mass, and wetting and dispersing agent (DISPERBYK-161 (trade name), BYK Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.) 1 mass parts, 1 part by mass of 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent were mixed to obtain a varnish (resin composition). This varnish was impregnated and applied to an S glass woven fabric (thickness 100 μm) and dried by heating at 150° C. for 3 minutes to obtain a prepreg having a resin composition solid content (including filler) content of 46% by mass. .
(金属箔張積層板の製造)
 得られたプリプレグを4枚重ね合わせ、積層体を得た。この積層体の両面に12μm厚の電解銅箔(3EC-III、三井金属鉱業(株)製)を配置し、圧力30kgf/cm、220℃、及び120分間の真空プレスを行い積層成形することで、絶縁層の厚さが0.8mmの金属箔張積層板(両面銅張積層板)を作製した。
(Manufacturing of metal foil-clad laminate)
Four sheets of the obtained prepreg were laminated to obtain a laminate. A 12 μm thick electrolytic copper foil (3EC-III, manufactured by Mitsui Kinzoku Mining Co., Ltd.) is placed on both sides of this laminate, and vacuum press is performed at a pressure of 30 kgf/cm 2 at 220° C. for 120 minutes to laminate. A metal foil-clad laminate (double-sided copper-clad laminate) having an insulating layer thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
〔実施例2〕
 製造例2で得られたシリカコートモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体3質量部の代わりに、製造例1で得られたモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体3質量部を用いた以外は、実施例1と同様にして、プリプレグを得た。
 得られたプリプレグを用いて、実施例1と同様にして、絶縁層の厚さが0.8mmの金属箔張積層板(両面銅張積層板)を作製した。
[Example 2]
Except that 3 parts by mass of the powder of zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate obtained in Production Example 1 was used instead of 3 parts by mass of the silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate powder obtained in Production Example 2. obtained a prepreg in the same manner as in Example 1.
Using the obtained prepreg, in the same manner as in Example 1, a metal foil-clad laminate (double-sided copper-clad laminate) having an insulating layer with a thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
〔実施例3〕
(重合体(B2)の製造)
 温度計、ジムロートを取り付けた三口フラスコに、ジアリルビスフェノールA(DABPA(商品名)、大和化成工業(株))5.3質量部、ビスクレゾールフルオレン(BCF(商品名)、大阪ガス化学(株))5.8質量部、エポキシ変性シリコーンb1(X-22-163(商品名)、信越化学工業(株)、官能基当量200g/mol)4.4質量部、エポキシ変性シリコーンb2(KF-105(商品名)、信越化学工業(株)、官能基当量490g/mol)8.7質量部、ビフェニル型エポキシ化合物c1(YL-6121H(商品名)、三菱ケミカル(株))5.8質量部、溶剤としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(DOWANOL PMA(商品名)、ダウ・ケミカル日本(株))30質量部を加え、オイルバスにて120℃まで加熱撹拌した。これらの原料が溶剤に溶解したことを確認したのち、イミダゾール触媒(TBZ(商品名)、四国化成工業(株))0.3質量部を加えて140℃まで昇温し、5時間撹拌した。冷却後、熱硬化性化合物(B)である重合体(B2)を含む溶液(固形分50質量%)を得た。なお、重合体(B2)の調製に使用した。
[Example 3]
(Production of polymer (B2))
In a three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer and a Dimroth, 5.3 parts by mass of diallyl bisphenol A (DABPA (trade name), Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), biscresol fluorene (BCF (trade name), Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) 5.8 parts by mass, epoxy-modified silicone b1 (X-22-163 (trade name), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., functional group equivalent 200 g / mol) 4.4 parts by mass, epoxy-modified silicone b2 (KF-105 (trade name), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., functional group equivalent 490 g / mol) 8.7 parts by weight, biphenyl-type epoxy compound c1 (YL-6121H (trade name), Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) 5.8 parts by weight , 30 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (DOWANOL PMA (trade name), Dow Chemical Japan Co., Ltd.) was added as a solvent, and heated to 120°C with stirring in an oil bath. After confirming that these raw materials were dissolved in the solvent, 0.3 parts by mass of an imidazole catalyst (TBZ (trade name), Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was heated to 140° C. and stirred for 5 hours. After cooling, a solution (solid content: 50% by mass) containing the polymer (B2), which is the thermosetting compound (B), was obtained. In addition, it was used for the preparation of the polymer (B2).
 なお、ジアリルビスフェノールAは、「アルケニルフェノール」に相当し、エポキシ変性シリコーンb1及びエポキシ変性シリコーンb2は、「エポキシ変性シリコーン」に相当し、ビフェニル型エポキシ化合物c1は、「エポキシ化合物」に相当する。 In addition, diallyl bisphenol A corresponds to "alkenylphenol", epoxy-modified silicone b1 and epoxy-modified silicone b2 correspond to "epoxy-modified silicone", and biphenyl-type epoxy compound c1 corresponds to "epoxy compound".
 得られた重合体(B2)は、分子中に、エポキシ基と、ヒドロキシ基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含むことを確認した。
 また、重合体(B2)は、アルケニルフェノールに由来する構成単位と、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、エポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位と、フェノール化合物に由来する構成単位とを含むことを確認した。
 さらに、重合体(B2)に対するエポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位の含有量は、43.5質量%であった。
 また、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位及びエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位の総質量(100質量%)に対する、エポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、30.8質量%であった。
 なお、重合体(B2)中におけるアルケニル基当量は、872g/molであった。
 重合体(B2)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、GPC法におけるポリスチレン換算で、11900であった。
It was confirmed that the obtained polymer (B2) contained an epoxy group, a hydroxy group and a polysiloxane structure in its molecule.
Further, it was confirmed that the polymer (B2) contains a structural unit derived from an alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from an epoxy-modified silicone, a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound, and a structural unit derived from a phenol compound. bottom.
Furthermore, the content of structural units derived from epoxy-modified silicone relative to the polymer (B2) was 43.5% by mass.
Further, the content of the structural unit derived from the epoxy compound was 30.8% by mass with respect to the total mass (100% by mass) of the structural unit derived from the epoxy-modified silicone and the structural unit derived from the epoxy compound.
The alkenyl group equivalent in the polymer (B2) was 872 g/mol.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (B2) was 11,900 in terms of polystyrene in the GPC method.
(プリプレグの製造)
 得られた重合体(B2)を含む溶液30質量部(固形分換算)に、合成例1により得られた1-ナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物26質量部と、ノボラック型マレイミド化合物(BMI-2300(商品名)、大和化成工業(株))17質量部と、ナフタレンクレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂(エポキシ基(官能基)当量:244g/eq、HP-9540(商品名)、DIC(株))27質量部と、製造例2で得られたシリカコートモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体3質量部と、スラリーシリカ(SC-2050MB(商品名)、(株)アドマテックス)200質量部と、エポキシシランカップリング剤(KBM-403(商品名)、東レ・ダウコーティング(株))5質量部と、湿潤分散剤(DISPERBYK-161(商品名)、ビックケミー・ジャパン(株))1質量部と、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール(東京化成工業社製)0.5質量部と、溶剤としてメチルエチルケトンとを混合して、ワニス(樹脂組成物)を得た。このワニスをSガラス織布(厚さ100μm)に含浸塗工し、150℃で3分間加熱乾燥して、樹脂組成物の固形分(充填材を含む)含有量46質量%のプリプレグを得た。
(Manufacture of prepreg)
26 parts by mass of the 1-naphtholaralkyl-type cyanate ester compound obtained in Synthesis Example 1 and a novolac-type maleimide compound (BMI-2300 (trade name), Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 17 parts by mass, naphthalene cresol novolac type epoxy resin (epoxy group (functional group) equivalent weight: 244 g / eq, HP-9540 (trade name), DIC Corporation) 27 parts by mass, 3 parts by mass of the silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate powder obtained in Production Example 2, slurry silica (SC-2050MB (trade name), Admatechs Co., Ltd.) 200 parts by mass, Epoxysilane coupling agent (KBM-403 (trade name), Dow Toray Coatings Co., Ltd.) 5 parts by mass, wetting and dispersing agent (DISPERBYK-161 (trade name), BYK Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.) 1 part by mass , 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent were mixed to obtain a varnish (resin composition). This varnish was impregnated and applied to an S glass woven fabric (thickness 100 μm) and dried by heating at 150° C. for 3 minutes to obtain a prepreg having a resin composition solid content (including filler) content of 46% by mass. .
(金属箔張積層板の製造)
 得られたプリプレグを4枚重ね合わせ、積層体を得た。この積層体の両面に12μm厚の電解銅箔(3EC-III(商品名)、三井金属鉱業(株)製)を配置し、圧力30kgf/cm、220℃、120分間の真空プレスを行い積層成形することで、絶縁層の厚さが0.8mmの金属箔張積層板(両面銅張積層板)を作製した。
(Manufacturing of metal foil-clad laminate)
Four sheets of the obtained prepreg were laminated to obtain a laminate. Electrodeposited copper foil (3EC-III (trade name), manufactured by Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 12 μm is placed on both sides of this laminate, and vacuum pressed at 30 kgf/cm 2 at 220° C. for 120 minutes to laminate. By molding, a metal foil-clad laminate (double-sided copper-clad laminate) having an insulating layer thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
〔比較例1〕
(プリプレグの製造)
 ビスマレイミド化合物(BMI-70(商品名)、ケイ・アイ化成(株))21.2質量部と、ナフタレン型フェノール樹脂(HPC-9500-60M(商品名)、DIC(株))16.8質量部と、ビフェニルアラルキル型フェノール樹脂(GPH-103(商品名)、日本化薬(株))16.8質量部と、ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂(NC-3000H(商品名)、日本化薬(株))42.2質量部と、モリブデン酸亜鉛で表面を被覆したタルクの粉体(平均粒子径3μm、KEMGARD911C、シャーウィンウィリアムズ製)5質量部と、製造例1で得られたモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体3質量部と、スラリーシリカ(SC-2050MB(商品名)、(株)アドマテックス)120質量部と、エポキシシランカップリング剤(KBM-403(商品名)、東レ・ダウコーティング(株))5質量部と、湿潤分散剤(DISPERBYK-161(商品名)、ビックケミー・ジャパン(株))1質量部と、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール(東京化成工業社製)0.5質量部と、溶剤としてメチルエチルケトンとを混合して、ワニス(樹脂組成物)を得た。このワニスをSガラス織布(厚さ100μm)に含浸塗工し、150℃で3分間加熱乾燥して、樹脂組成物の固形分(充填材を含む)含有量46質量%のプリプレグを得た。
[Comparative Example 1]
(Manufacture of prepreg)
Bismaleimide compound (BMI-70 (trade name), K-I Kasei Co., Ltd.) 21.2 parts by mass, naphthalene-type phenolic resin (HPC-9500-60M (trade name), DIC Corporation) 16.8 Parts by mass, biphenyl aralkyl type phenol resin (GPH-103 (trade name), Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 16.8 parts by mass, biphenyl aralkyl type epoxy resin (NC-3000H (trade name), Nippon Kayaku ( Co., Ltd.), 5 parts by mass of talc powder surface-coated with zinc molybdate (average particle size 3 μm, KEMGARD911C, manufactured by Sherwin Williams), and the zinc molybdate obtained in Production Example 1 3 parts by mass of ammonium hydrate powder, 120 parts by mass of slurry silica (SC-2050MB (trade name), Admatechs Co., Ltd.), and an epoxysilane coupling agent (KBM-403 (trade name), Toray Co., Ltd. Dow Coating Co., Ltd.) 5 parts by mass, wetting and dispersing agent (DISPERBYK-161 (trade name), BYK Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.) 1 part by mass, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ) and methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent were mixed to obtain a varnish (resin composition). This varnish was impregnated and applied to an S glass woven fabric (thickness 100 μm) and dried by heating at 150° C. for 3 minutes to obtain a prepreg having a resin composition solid content (including filler) content of 46% by mass. .
(金属箔張積層板の製造)
 得られたプリプレグを4枚重ね合わせ、積層体を得た。この積層体の両面に12μm厚の電解銅箔(3EC-III(商品名)、三井金属鉱業(株)製)を配置し、圧力30kgf/cm、220℃、120分間の真空プレスを行い積層成形することで、絶縁層の厚さが0.8mmの金属箔張積層板(両面銅張積層板)を作製した。
(Manufacturing of metal foil-clad laminate)
Four sheets of the obtained prepreg were laminated to obtain a laminate. Electrodeposited copper foil (3EC-III (trade name), manufactured by Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 12 μm is placed on both sides of this laminate, and vacuum pressed at 30 kgf/cm 2 at 220° C. for 120 minutes to laminate. By molding, a metal foil-clad laminate (double-sided copper-clad laminate) having an insulating layer thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
〔比較例2〕
(プリプレグの製造)
 合成例1により得られた1-ナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物37質量部と、ノボラック型マレイミド化合物(BMI-2300(商品名)、大和化成工業(株))24質量部と、ナフタレンクレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂(エポキシ基(官能基)当量:244g/eq、HP-9540(商品名)、DIC(株))39質量部と、製造例2で得られたシリカコートモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体3質量部と、スラリーシリカ(SC-2050MB(商品名)、(株)アドマテックス)200質量部と、シリコーン複合パウダー(KMP-605(商品名)、信越化学工業(株))15質量部と、エポキシシランカップリング剤(KBM-403(商品名)、東レ・ダウコーティング(株))5質量部と、湿潤分散剤(DISPERBYK-161(商品名)、ビックケミー・ジャパン(株))1質量部と、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール(東京化成工業社製)0.5質量部と、溶剤としてメチルエチルケトンとを混合して、ワニス(樹脂組成物)を得た。このワニスをSガラス織布(厚さ100μm)に含浸塗工し、150℃で3分間加熱乾燥して、樹脂組成物の固形分(充填材を含む)含有量46質量%のプリプレグを得た。
[Comparative Example 2]
(Manufacture of prepreg)
37 parts by mass of the 1-naphthol aralkyl-type cyanate ester compound obtained in Synthesis Example 1, 24 parts by mass of a novolak-type maleimide compound (BMI-2300 (trade name), Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), and naphthalene cresol novolak-type Epoxy resin (epoxy group (functional group) equivalent weight: 244 g/eq, HP-9540 (trade name), DIC Corporation) 39 parts by mass, and silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate obtained in Production Example 2 3 parts by mass of powder, 200 parts by mass of slurry silica (SC-2050MB (trade name), Admatechs Co., Ltd.), and 15 parts by mass of silicone composite powder (KMP-605 (trade name), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) part, epoxy silane coupling agent (KBM-403 (trade name), Toray Dow Coating Co., Ltd.) 5 parts by mass, and wetting and dispersing agent (DISPERBYK-161 (trade name), BYK Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.) 1 Parts by mass, 0.5 parts by mass of 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent were mixed to obtain a varnish (resin composition). This varnish was impregnated and applied to an S glass woven fabric (thickness 100 μm) and dried by heating at 150° C. for 3 minutes to obtain a prepreg having a resin composition solid content (including filler) content of 46% by mass. .
(金属箔張積層板の製造)
 得られたプリプレグを4枚重ね合わせ、積層体を得た。この積層体の両面に12μm厚の電解銅箔(3EC-III(商品名)、三井金属鉱業(株)製)を配置し、圧力30kgf/cm、220℃、120分間の真空プレスを行い積層成形することで、絶縁層の厚さが0.8mmの金属箔張積層板(両面銅張積層板)を作製した。
(Manufacturing of metal foil-clad laminate)
Four sheets of the obtained prepreg were laminated to obtain a laminate. Electrodeposited copper foil (3EC-III (trade name), manufactured by Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 12 μm is placed on both sides of this laminate, and vacuum pressed at 30 kgf/cm 2 at 220° C. for 120 minutes to laminate. By molding, a metal foil-clad laminate (double-sided copper-clad laminate) having an insulating layer thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
〔比較例3〕
 製造例2で得られたシリカコートモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体を用いず、シリコーン複合パウダー(KMP-605(商品名)、信越化学工業(株))を15質量部の代わりに25質量部配合した以外は、比較例2と同様にして、プリプレグを得た。
 得られたプリプレグを用いて、比較例2と同様にして、絶縁層の厚さが0.8mmの金属箔張積層板(両面銅張積層板)を作製した。
[Comparative Example 3]
Instead of using the silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate powder obtained in Production Example 2, 25 parts by mass of silicone composite powder (KMP-605 (trade name), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used instead of 15 parts by mass. A prepreg was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example 2, except that parts by mass were blended.
Using the obtained prepreg, a metal foil-clad laminate (double-sided copper-clad laminate) having an insulating layer thickness of 0.8 mm was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 2.
〔比較例4〕
 製造例2で得られたシリカコートモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物の粉体を用いなかった以外は、実施例1と同様にして、プリプレグを得た。
 得られたプリプレグを用いて、実施例1と同様にして、絶縁層の厚さが0.8mmの金属箔張積層板(両面銅張積層板)を作製した。
[Comparative Example 4]
A prepreg was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the silica-coated zinc ammonium molybdate hydrate powder obtained in Production Example 2 was not used.
Using the obtained prepreg, in the same manner as in Example 1, a metal foil-clad laminate (double-sided copper-clad laminate) having an insulating layer with a thickness of 0.8 mm was produced.
〔評価〕
 実施例及び比較例で得られた金属箔張積層板を用いて、次の方法により、ドリル加工性を評価した。結果を表1に示す。
〔evaluation〕
Using the metal foil-clad laminates obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, drillability was evaluated by the following method. Table 1 shows the results.
(ドリル加工性)
 実施例及び比較例で得られた金属箔張積層板を用いて、ドリル加工性(孔位置精度)の評価を行った。評価は、次のドリル加工条件で行った。結果を表1に示す。
 エントリーシート(三菱ガス化学(株)製LE R12F3(商品名))、金属箔張積層板3枚(基材厚さ&スタック:0.8mm×3)、及びバックアップボード(日本デコラックス(株)製SPB-W(商品名))をこの順に重ねて、加工機(日立ビアメカニクス(株)製ND-1 V212(商品名))を用いて、以下の条件にてドリル加工を行い、ドリル加工孔の位置ズレ量を測定した。この位置ズレ量は、3枚重ねて加工した金属箔張積層板のうち、最下の金属箔張積層板の裏側の位置ズレ量とした。なお、位置ズレ量は、ドリル1本当たりの加工孔について全数測定し、表1の測定結果は、位置ズレ量の平均値+3σを示す(σは標準偏差値を示す)。
(drillability)
Using the metal foil-clad laminates obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, drillability (hole position accuracy) was evaluated. Evaluation was performed under the following drilling conditions. Table 1 shows the results.
Entry sheet (Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd. LE R12F3 (trade name)), 3 metal foil clad laminates (base material thickness & stack: 0.8 mm x 3), and backup board (Nippon Decorax Co., Ltd.) SPB-W (trade name) manufactured by Hitachi Via Mechanics Co., Ltd.) are stacked in this order and drilled under the following conditions using a processing machine (ND-1 V212 (trade name) manufactured by Hitachi Via Mechanics Co., Ltd.). The positional displacement amount of the holes was measured. This amount of misalignment was the amount of misalignment on the back side of the lowest metal-foil-clad laminate among the three metal-foil-clad laminates processed. The amount of positional deviation was measured for all drilled holes per drill, and the measurement results in Table 1 show the average value of the amount of positional deviation + 3σ (σ represents the standard deviation value).
(加工条件)
 ドリルビット:ユニオンツール(株)製MC L692BWU(商品名)0.15mm×2.7mm
 ビット径:0.15mm
 回転数:160krpm
 送り速度:1.6m/min
 引き込み速度:25.4m/min
 突っ込み量:0.3mm
 加工孔数:5000(hit)又は10000(hit)
(Processing conditions)
Drill bit: MC L692BWU (trade name) manufactured by Union Tool Co., Ltd. 0.15 mm × 2.7 mm
Bit diameter: 0.15mm
RPM: 160krpm
Feeding speed: 1.6m/min
Pull-in speed: 25.4m/min
Thrust amount: 0.3mm
Number of processing holes: 5000 (hit) or 10000 (hit)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
 本出願は、2021月08月05日出願の日本特許出願(特願2021-128685)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。 This application is based on a Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-128685) filed on August 5, 2021, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 本発明によれば、ドリル加工性に優れる樹脂シート及びプリプレグの製造に好適に用いられる樹脂組成物、該樹脂組成物を用いて得られる、樹脂シート、プリプレグ、金属箔張積層板、並びにプリント配線板を提供することができる。
 
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY According to the present invention, a resin composition suitably used for producing a resin sheet and a prepreg having excellent drillability, a resin sheet, a prepreg, a metal foil-clad laminate, and a printed wiring obtained using the resin composition boards can be provided.

Claims (29)

  1.  モリブデン化合物(A)と、
     マレイミド基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、カルボキシル基、ビニル基、ヒドロキシ基、及び(メタ)アクリル基からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の基と、ポリシロキサン構造とを含む熱硬化性化合物(B)と、
     前記熱硬化性化合物(B)とは異なる熱硬化性樹脂(C)と、
     前記モリブデン化合物(A)とは異なる無機充填材(D)と、を含む、
    樹脂組成物。
    a molybdenum compound (A);
    A thermosetting compound (B )and,
    a thermosetting resin (C) different from the thermosetting compound (B);
    and an inorganic filler (D) different from the molybdenum compound (A),
    Resin composition.
  2.  前記モリブデン化合物(A)が、モリブデン酸、モリブデン酸亜鉛、モリブデン酸アンモニウム、モリブデン酸ナトリウム、モリブデン酸カリウム、モリブデン酸カルシウム、二硫化モリブデン、三酸化モリブデン、モリブデン酸水和物、及びモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The molybdenum compound (A) includes molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, ammonium molybdate, sodium molybdate, potassium molybdate, calcium molybdate, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum trioxide, molybdate hydrate, and zinc ammonium molybdate. The resin composition according to claim 1, comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of hydrates.
  3.  前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、前記マレイミド基を含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the thermosetting compound (B) contains the maleimide group.
  4.  前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、マレイミド化合物に由来する構成単位とを含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the thermosetting compound (B) contains at least structural units derived from an amino-modified silicone and structural units derived from a maleimide compound.
  5.  前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アミノ変性シリコーンと、マレイミド化合物と、カルボン酸及び/又はカルボン酸無水物と、を重合して得られる重合体である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin according to claim 1, wherein the thermosetting compound (B) is a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least an amino-modified silicone, a maleimide compound, a carboxylic acid and/or a carboxylic anhydride. Composition.
  6.  前記アミノ変性シリコーンが、下記式(1)で表されるアミノ変性シリコーンを含む、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     (式(1)中、Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、Rは、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基、又はアリーレン基を示し、nは、1~100の整数を示す。)。
    The resin composition according to claim 4, wherein the amino-modified silicone contains an amino-modified silicone represented by the following formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In formula (1), R a each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a phenyl group, each R b independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group, and n is represents an integer from 1 to 100).
  7.  前記モリブデン化合物(A)が、モリブデン酸、モリブデン酸亜鉛、モリブデン酸アンモニウム、モリブデン酸ナトリウム、モリブデン酸カリウム、モリブデン酸カルシウム、二硫化モリブデン、三酸化モリブデン、モリブデン酸水和物、及びモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、
     前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、前記マレイミド基を含み、
     前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アミノ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、マレイミド化合物に由来する構成単位とを、更に含み、
     前記アミノ変性シリコーンが、下記式(1)で表されるアミノ変性シリコーンを含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     (式(1)中、Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、Rbは、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基、又はアリーレン基を示し、nは、1~100の整数を示す。)。
    The molybdenum compound (A) includes molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, ammonium molybdate, sodium molybdate, potassium molybdate, calcium molybdate, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum trioxide, molybdate hydrate, and zinc ammonium molybdate. including at least one selected from the group consisting of hydrates,
    The thermosetting compound (B) contains the maleimide group,
    The thermosetting compound (B) further comprises at least a structural unit derived from an amino-modified silicone and a structural unit derived from a maleimide compound,
    The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the amino-modified silicone contains an amino-modified silicone represented by the following formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In formula (1), R a each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a phenyl group; each R b independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group; n is represents an integer from 1 to 100).
  8.  前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、前記エポキシ基及び/又は前記ヒドロキシ基を含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the thermosetting compound (B) contains the epoxy group and/or the hydroxy group.
  9.  前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アルケニルフェノールに由来する構成単位と、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、前記エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位と、を含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The thermosetting compound (B) comprises at least structural units derived from alkenylphenol, structural units derived from epoxy-modified silicone, and structural units derived from an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone. Item 1. The resin composition according to item 1.
  10.  前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アルケニルフェノールと、エポキシ変性シリコーンと、前記エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物と、を重合して得られる重合体である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the thermosetting compound (B) is a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least an alkenylphenol, an epoxy-modified silicone, and an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone. thing.
  11.  前記エポキシ変性シリコーンが、下記式(2)で表されるエポキシ変性シリコーンを含む、請求項8に記載の樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     (式(2)中、Rは、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はアラルキレン基を示し、Rは、各々独立に、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はフェニル基を示し、nは、0~100の整数を示す。)。
    The resin composition according to claim 8, wherein the epoxy-modified silicone contains an epoxy-modified silicone represented by the following formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In formula (2), each R 1 independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, or an aralkylene group, and each R 2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. and n is an integer from 0 to 100).
  12.  前記モリブデン化合物(A)が、モリブデン酸、モリブデン酸亜鉛、モリブデン酸アンモニウム、モリブデン酸ナトリウム、モリブデン酸カリウム、モリブデン酸カルシウム、二硫化モリブデン、三酸化モリブデン、モリブデン酸水和物、及びモリブデン酸亜鉛アンモニウム水和物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、
     前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、前記エポキシ基及び/又は前記ヒドロキシ基を含み、
     前記熱硬化性化合物(B)が、少なくとも、アルケニルフェノールに由来する構成単位と、エポキシ変性シリコーンに由来する構成単位と、前記エポキシ変性シリコーン以外のエポキシ化合物に由来する構成単位と、を更に含み、
     前記エポキシ変性シリコーンが、下記式(2)で表されるエポキシ変性シリコーンを含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     (式(2)中、R1は、各々独立に、単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はアラルキレン基を示し、R2は、各々独立に、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はフェニル基を示し、nは、0~100の整数を示す。)。
    The molybdenum compound (A) includes molybdic acid, zinc molybdate, ammonium molybdate, sodium molybdate, potassium molybdate, calcium molybdate, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum trioxide, molybdate hydrate, and zinc ammonium molybdate. including at least one selected from the group consisting of hydrates,
    The thermosetting compound (B) contains the epoxy group and/or the hydroxy group,
    The thermosetting compound (B) further comprises at least a structural unit derived from alkenylphenol, a structural unit derived from epoxy-modified silicone, and a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound other than the epoxy-modified silicone,
    The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the epoxy-modified silicone contains an epoxy-modified silicone represented by the following formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In formula (2), each R 1 independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, or an aralkylene group; each R 2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group; and n is an integer from 0 to 100).
  13.  前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物、シアン酸エステル化合物、フェノール化合物、アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物、及びエポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the thermosetting resin (C) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds, and epoxy resins. thing.
  14.  前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物を含む、請求項13に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 13, wherein the thermosetting resin (C) contains a maleimide compound.
  15.  前記マレイミド化合物が、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ポリテトラメチレンオキシド-ビス(4-マレイミドベンゾエート)、及び下記式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項14に記載の樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     (式(4)中、R5は、各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、n1は1以上の整数を示す。)。
    The maleimide compound is bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 15. The resin composition according to claim 14, comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate) and a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In formula (4), each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.).
  16.  前記マレイミド化合物が、下記式(9)で表されるマレイミド化合物を含む、請求項14に記載の樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
     (式(9)中、R13は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、nは1~10の整数を示す。)。
    The resin composition according to claim 14, wherein the maleimide compound contains a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (9).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In formula (9), each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.).
  17.  前記無機充填材(D)が、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウム、アルミナ、ベーマイト、窒化ホウ素、窒化アルミニウム、酸化チタン、チタン酸バリウム、酸化マグネシウム、及び水酸化マグネシウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The inorganic filler (D) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide. The resin composition of claim 1, comprising:
  18.  前記モリブデン化合物(A)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、0.1~30質量部である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 Claim 1, wherein the content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). The resin composition according to .
  19.  前記熱硬化性化合物(B)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、5~50質量部である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 Claim 1, wherein the content of the thermosetting compound (B) is 5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). The resin composition according to .
  20.  前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、50~95質量部である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 Claim 1, wherein the content of the thermosetting resin (C) is 50 to 95 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). The resin composition according to .
  21.  前記無機充填材(D)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、40~600質量部である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 Claim 1, wherein the content of the inorganic filler (D) is 40 to 600 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). The described resin composition.
  22.  前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物、シアン酸エステル化合物、フェノール化合物、アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物、及びエポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、
     前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物を含み、
     前記マレイミド化合物が、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ポリテトラメチレンオキシド-ビス(4-マレイミドベンゾエート)、下記式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物、及び下記式(9)で表されるマレイミド化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、
     前記無機充填材(D)が、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウム、アルミナ、ベーマイト、窒化ホウ素、窒化アルミニウム、酸化チタン、チタン酸バリウム、酸化マグネシウム、及び水酸化マグネシウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、
     前記モリブデン化合物(A)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、0.1~30質量部であり、
     前記熱硬化性化合物(B)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、5~50質量部であり、
     前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、50~95質量部であり、
     前記無機充填材(D)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、40~600質量部である、請求項7に記載の樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
     (式(4)中、R5は、各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、n1は1以上の整数を示す。)。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
     (式(9)中、R13は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、nは1~10の整数を示す。)。
    The thermosetting resin (C) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds, and epoxy resins,
    The thermosetting resin (C) contains a maleimide compound,
    The maleimide compound is bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, At least one selected from the group consisting of polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (4), and a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (9),
    The inorganic filler (D) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide. including
    The content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C),
    The content of the thermosetting compound (B) is 5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C),
    The content of the thermosetting resin (C) is 50 to 95 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C),
    The content of the inorganic filler (D) is 40 to 600 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). The described resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (In formula (4), each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In formula (9), each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.).
  23.  前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物、シアン酸エステル化合物、フェノール化合物、アルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物、及びエポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、
     前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)が、マレイミド化合物を含み、
     前記マレイミド化合物が、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ポリテトラメチレンオキシド-ビス(4-マレイミドベンゾエート)、下記式(4)で表されるマレイミド化合物、及び下記式(9)で表されるマレイミド化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、
     前記無機充填材(D)が、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウム、アルミナ、ベーマイト、窒化ホウ素、窒化アルミニウム、酸化チタン、チタン酸バリウム、酸化マグネシウム、及び水酸化マグネシウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、
     前記モリブデン化合物(A)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、0.1~30質量部であり、
     前記熱硬化性化合物(B)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、5~50質量部であり、
     前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、50~95質量部であり、
     前記無機充填材(D)の含有量が、前記熱硬化性化合物(B)と前記熱硬化性樹脂(C)の合計100質量部に対して、40~600質量部である、請求項12に記載の樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
     (式(4)中、R5は、各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を示し、n1は1以上の整数を示す。)。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
     (式(9)中、R13は、各々独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又はフェニル基を示し、nは1~10の整数を示す。)。
    The thermosetting resin (C) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of maleimide compounds, cyanate ester compounds, phenol compounds, alkenyl-substituted nadimide compounds, and epoxy resins,
    The thermosetting resin (C) contains a maleimide compound,
    The maleimide compound is bis(4-maleimidophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl)propane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, At least one selected from the group consisting of polytetramethylene oxide-bis(4-maleimidobenzoate), a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (4), and a maleimide compound represented by the following formula (9),
    The inorganic filler (D) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of silica, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, boehmite, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide. including
    The content of the molybdenum compound (A) is 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C),
    The content of the thermosetting compound (B) is 5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C),
    The content of the thermosetting resin (C) is 50 to 95 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C),
    The content of the inorganic filler (D) is 40 to 600 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting compound (B) and the thermosetting resin (C). The described resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (In formula (4), each R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (In formula (9), each R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.).
  24.  支持体と、
     前記支持体の片面又は両面に配された樹脂層と、を有し、
     前記樹脂層が、請求項1~23のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物を含む、
     樹脂シート。
    a support;
    a resin layer arranged on one side or both sides of the support,
    The resin layer contains the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 23,
    resin sheet.
  25.  基材と、
     前記基材に含浸又は塗布された、請求項1~23のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物と、を含む、
     プリプレグ。
    a substrate;
    impregnated or applied to the base material, and the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 23,
    prepreg.
  26.  請求項24に記載の樹脂シートで形成された積層体と、
     前記積層体の片面又は両面に配された金属箔と、を含む、
     金属箔張積層板。
    A laminate formed of the resin sheet according to claim 24;
    a metal foil disposed on one or both sides of the laminate,
    Metal foil clad laminate.
  27.  請求項25に記載のプリプレグで形成された積層体と、
     前記積層体の片面又は両面に配された金属箔と、を含む、
     金属箔張積層板。
    A laminate formed of the prepreg according to claim 25;
    a metal foil disposed on one or both sides of the laminate,
    Metal foil clad laminate.
  28.  請求項24に記載の樹脂シート、及び請求項25に記載のプリプレグで形成された積層体と、
     前記積層体の片面又は両面に配された金属箔と、を含む、
     金属箔張積層板。
    A laminate formed of the resin sheet according to claim 24 and the prepreg according to claim 25,
    a metal foil disposed on one or both sides of the laminate,
    Metal foil clad laminate.
  29.  絶縁層と、
     前記絶縁層の片面又は両面に形成された導体層と、を有し、
     前記絶縁層が、請求項1~23のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む、
     プリント配線板。
    an insulating layer;
    a conductor layer formed on one side or both sides of the insulating layer,
    The insulating layer comprises a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 23,
    printed wiring board.
PCT/JP2022/029869 2021-08-05 2022-08-04 Resin composition, resin sheet, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board WO2023013709A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020237044357A KR20240040058A (en) 2021-08-05 2022-08-04 Resin composition, resin sheet, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate and printed wiring board
CN202280054397.5A CN117795016A (en) 2021-08-05 2022-08-04 Resin composition, resin sheet, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board
JP2023540402A JPWO2023013709A1 (en) 2021-08-05 2022-08-04

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021128685 2021-08-05
JP2021-128685 2021-08-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023013709A1 true WO2023013709A1 (en) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85155763

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/029869 WO2023013709A1 (en) 2021-08-05 2022-08-04 Resin composition, resin sheet, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2023013709A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20240040058A (en)
CN (1) CN117795016A (en)
TW (1) TW202313834A (en)
WO (1) WO2023013709A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014111696A (en) * 2012-12-05 2014-06-19 Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg using the same, laminate, and multilayer printed wiring board
JP2014129520A (en) * 2012-11-28 2014-07-10 Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd Amino-modified siloxane compound, modified imide resin, thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, resin-clad film, laminate sheet, multilayer printed wiring board, and semiconductor package
JP2015086253A (en) * 2013-10-29 2015-05-07 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, and prepreg, film with resin, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package using the composition
JP2015224304A (en) * 2014-05-28 2015-12-14 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, film with resin, laminate sheet, multilayer printed circuit board and semiconductor package
JP2016030757A (en) * 2014-07-25 2016-03-07 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, and prepreg, film with resin, laminate, multilayer printed wiring board and semiconductor package using the same
JP2016060780A (en) * 2014-09-16 2016-04-25 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminate and printed wiring board
JP2017178991A (en) * 2016-03-28 2017-10-05 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg using the same, film with resin, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package, imide resin and manufacturing method therefor
JP2019009195A (en) * 2017-06-21 2019-01-17 日立化成株式会社 Printed wiring board, prepreg, laminate, and semiconductor package
JP2019099710A (en) * 2017-12-05 2019-06-24 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and high-speed communication compatible module

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103827038B (en) 2011-09-26 2016-05-11 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Molybdenum compound powder, prepreg and plywood

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014129520A (en) * 2012-11-28 2014-07-10 Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd Amino-modified siloxane compound, modified imide resin, thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, resin-clad film, laminate sheet, multilayer printed wiring board, and semiconductor package
JP2014111696A (en) * 2012-12-05 2014-06-19 Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg using the same, laminate, and multilayer printed wiring board
JP2015086253A (en) * 2013-10-29 2015-05-07 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, and prepreg, film with resin, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package using the composition
JP2015224304A (en) * 2014-05-28 2015-12-14 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, film with resin, laminate sheet, multilayer printed circuit board and semiconductor package
JP2016030757A (en) * 2014-07-25 2016-03-07 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, and prepreg, film with resin, laminate, multilayer printed wiring board and semiconductor package using the same
JP2016060780A (en) * 2014-09-16 2016-04-25 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminate and printed wiring board
JP2017178991A (en) * 2016-03-28 2017-10-05 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg using the same, film with resin, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package, imide resin and manufacturing method therefor
JP2019009195A (en) * 2017-06-21 2019-01-17 日立化成株式会社 Printed wiring board, prepreg, laminate, and semiconductor package
JP2019099710A (en) * 2017-12-05 2019-06-24 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and high-speed communication compatible module

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20240040058A (en) 2024-03-27
JPWO2023013709A1 (en) 2023-02-09
TW202313834A (en) 2023-04-01
CN117795016A (en) 2024-03-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7320338B2 (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board
US11939447B2 (en) Thermosetting composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet, and printed wiring board
JP7276333B2 (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, and printed wiring board
JP7025729B2 (en) Resin composition for printed wiring boards, prepregs, resin sheets, laminated boards, metal foil-clad laminated boards, printed wiring boards, and multilayer printed wiring boards.
JP7488513B2 (en) Curable composition, prepreg, resin sheet, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board
WO2021192680A1 (en) Resin composition, prepreg, resin sheet, laminate board, metal foil-clad laminate board, and printed wiring board
JP7070846B1 (en) Zinc molybdate ammonium hydrate for electronic materials, resin composition for electronic materials, prepregs, resin sheets, laminated boards, metal leaf-clad laminated boards, and printed wiring boards
WO2023013709A1 (en) Resin composition, resin sheet, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board
WO2022249999A1 (en) Resin composition, prepreg, resin sheet, laminate board, metal foil-clad laminate board, and printed wiring board
KR20190130130A (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet and printed wiring board
JP6350891B1 (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet and printed wiring board
JP2017200966A (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet and printed wiring board
JP2018016675A (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet, resin composite sheet and printed wiring board
JP7284945B1 (en) Curable composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, and printed wiring board
JP6025090B1 (en) Resin composition for printed wiring board, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet, and printed wiring board
JP7276674B1 (en) Prepregs, metal foil clad laminates and printed wiring boards
JP6575699B2 (en) Resin composition for printed wiring board, prepreg, resin sheet, laminated board, metal foil-clad laminated board, printed wiring board, and multilayer printed wiring board
JP7411170B2 (en) Curable compositions, prepregs, resin sheets, metal foil-clad laminates, and printed wiring boards
JP7428981B2 (en) Curable compositions, prepregs, resin sheets, metal foil-clad laminates, and printed wiring boards
WO2021125121A1 (en) Resin sheet and printed wiring board
WO2020262321A1 (en) Resin sheet, metal foil-clad laminate plate and printed wiring board
JPWO2019044977A1 (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet and printed wiring board

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22853127

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023540402

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280054397.5

Country of ref document: CN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2401000732

Country of ref document: TH

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE